AIRBORNE RADAR-MONITORING SYSTEM INSTRUCTION GUIDE (MP 10493)

• Document Type: CREST
• Collection: General CIA Records
• Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): CIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
• Release Decision: RIFPUB
• Original Classification: S
• Document Page Count: 292
• Document Creation Date: November 16, 2016
• Document Release Date: March 22, 2000
• Sequence Number: 1
• Publication Date: November 1, 1956
• Content Type: MISC

Approved For Reflese:p:)0
-ii
)
_
Approved For Rele
Approved For Release 200
I no
4,1b
NRE-TDP75B00300R000100100001-1
*USAF Declass/Release Instructions On File*
AIRBORNE
RADARN1ONITORING
SYSTEM
INSTRUCTION GUIDE
(MP 10493)
October 1955
(Revised: November /956)
CMCC Document No. ZOZ. ZOO
Copy)/,.3 of Copies
This document contains information affecting the
National Defense of the United States within the
meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title 18, U.S.C.,
Sections 793 and 794. Its transmission or the
revelation of its contents in any manner to an
unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECCREN75B00300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75600300R000100100001-1
Preface
The Instruction Guide includes a complete description of the Airborne
Radar-Monitorin.g System. It is divided into six sections as follows:
Section I Theory of Operation
Section II Operating Instructions and
Preflight Tests
Section. III Maintenance Data and
Preventative Maintenance
Section IV Installation Data and
Interunit Cabling
Section V. . . ? . OOO OO Illustrated Parts Breakdown
and Maintenance Parts List
Section VI Supplementary Data
A ground-based test set and ground-based re-record equipment are
used in conjunction with the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System. The
airborne equipment is fully described in this Instruction Guide. The
test set is described in full, with the exception of the commercial
oscilloscope (described in a separate instruction manual). The
description of the re-record equipment is confined to a description of
the modifications of the commercially available units. (A separate
instruction manual covering the original form of the commercial
equipment is supplied.)
Section VI, the Supplementary Data Section, contains a, description of
a test jig which is used for testing the plug-in printed-circuit board of
an airborne unit. The Supplementary Data Section also describes an
alternate configuration of the airborne equipment.
Revised:
November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2019ECRET-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
? SECTION I
THEORY OF OPERATION
Paragraph Page
1-1,
1-2.
PURPOSE OF THE AIRBORNE RADAR-
MONITORING SYSTEM
GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1
1
1.40,
Major Components and Equipment
Accessories
3
1-11.
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
5
1-12.
General
5
1-13.
Purpose of the Antenna Assembly ,
? ,
5
1-14.
Microwave Energy Flow to Crystal
Detector
1-17.
The Dish Structures of the S-Band
and the X-Band Antenna Assemblies
6
1-22.
The S-Band and the X-Band Feed
7
1-28.
The S-Band Crystal Detector. .......
. ?
?
9
1-31.
The X-Band Crystal Detector
10
1-32.
INFORMATION AMPLIFIER
11
1-33.
Purpose of the Information Amplifier
11
1-34.
Block-Diagram Description of the
Information Amplifier
11
1-44,,
Detail Circuits Description of the
Information Amplifier
14
1-45.
Four-Stage Video Amplifier
14
1-57.
Pulse-Width Limiter
18
SECRET
1414nemaivainmagez atiwarzsleiturtai instaarattaciontauto 0 1-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I
THEORY OF OPERATION
(Continued)
Paragraph Page
1-61. Pulse-Stretcher 19
1-66. Stretch Limiter 21
1-71. Cathode-Follower Output 22
1-75. INFORMATION RECORDER . 24 w-
1-76. General Description of the Information
Recorder , 24
1-86, Detail Description of the Information
Recorder 28
1-87. The Wien Bridge Oscillators s 28
1-92. The 1.0-KC Reference Oscillator 30
1-98. The 20.5-KC Bias-And-Erase Oscillator
and the Erase-Signal Source f ? 31
1-104. Erase Head # 00000 . . 32
1-109. Record Head 34
1-114. Playback Head 35
1-118. Effects of the Playback-Head Gap on Pulse
Playback oo 36
1-122. Playback Amplifiers for Track I, Track 2,
and Track 3 38
1-123. Mechanisms and Tape-Speed Control
Circuits of the Information Recorder 38
Approved For Release 2005FatI1'
RDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of this United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Tine
le, U.S.C., Emctlen 193 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 200gratilt-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I
THEORY OF OPERATION
(Continued)
Paragraph
Page
1-132, VIBRATOR D-C SUPPLY. -- See figure 1-19
42
1-133: General
42
1-135. Vibrator
42
1-140. Power Transformer, Rectifier and Filter Circuit. .
.
44
1-143. TEST SET
46
1-144. Purpose of the Test Set
46
1-145. Block Diagram Description of the Test Set
46
1-154. Detailed Circuit Description of the Test Set ?
48
1-155. Wein Bridge Oscillator
48
1-159. Over-Driven Amplifier
49
1-163. Differentiating Network
49
1-164. Thyratron Trigger Generator and Amplifier
50
1-168. KLystron Modulator
51
1-172. 21(41 and 21(39 Klystrons v 0000000000 o
51
1-175. S-Band and X-Band Wavemeters
52
1-178, S-Band and X-Band AttOnuatorr.
53
1-179. Temperature-Compensated Thermistor Bridge . . .
53
1-182. Low-Voltage and Bias Supplies. OOOOOOOOO
?
54
1-187, Klystron Power Supply . . . ? ? . , ....
54
1,191. Primary Power
55
Revised:
C
20 September 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDR75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stotes within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
19, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or, revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SKRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I
THEORY OF OPERATION
(Continued)
Paragraph Page
1-209. GROUND-BASED RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT ? 62
1-210. General . ????.?????????........ 62
1-214. Purpose of the Re-Record Equipment . 410 ?? 9000 63
1-2150 Modification of the Original Tape Transport to
Produce the Low-Speed Playback Transport. . . ? 63
1-219. Modification of the Original Amplifier Units for
Use in the Re-Record System . . ? . . ? . ? .0. 64
1-222. Modification of the Original Amplifier Units to
Provide Simultaneous Playback and Recording ? 64A
1-225. Modification of the Original Amplifier Units to
Provide Uniform Pulse-Reproduction
Characteristics. . ......... ? 000? ? 64C
SECRET
APRE9Y.,94.F9r,)3.9194?9nAPP91,9fiale:ofclkBRET?P,9.0.19,9,139A9199919.9991 -1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 20SECEBTA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION I
THEORY OF OPERATION
Figure Page
1-1. Airborne Radar-Monitoring 'System,
Components . . 65
1-2. Airborne Radar-Monitoring System,
Block Diagram 66
1-3. Ground-Based Test Set 67
1-4. Ground-Based Re-Record Equipment
and Accessories 68
1-5. S-Band Antenna Assembly 69
1-6. S-Band Feed and X-Band Feed, Detail 70
1-7. X- Band Antenna Assembly 71
1-8. Microwave Energy Flow To Crystal. Detector 72
1-9. S-Band and X-Band Detection, Simplified
Schematic 73
1-10. Information Amplifier, Time Relationships
of Waveforms 74
1-11. Information Amplifier, Schematic 75
1-12. Information Recorder, Electronics and
Mechanisms, Block Diagram 76
1-13. Information Recorder, Schematic 77
1-14. Wien Bridge Oscillator, Feedback
Relationships 78
SECRET
filVerMatt1001020,2C012105123tttinktiletaatrati=dtgaiTatdr001-1
Approved For Release 20tititet-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION I
THEORY OF OPERATION
(Continued)
Figure
1-15. Effect of A-C Bias on the Transfer Characteristic
of a Magnetic Recording Medium 79
1-16. Frequency Response of a Playback Head of
Gap Width 6 79
1-17. Gap Width, Pulse Width and Playback Pulse Related. . 80
1-18. A Plot of Playback Voltage Output Versus PRF . . . . , 80
1-19. Vibrator D-C Supply, Schematic 81
,
1-20. Test Set, Block Diagram 82
1-21. Test Set, Time Relationships of Waveforms 83
84A
1-22B. Test Set, Partial Schematic 84B
1-22A, Test Set, Partial Schematic
1-.23, Re-Record Equipment, Simplified Block Diagram. . . 85
1-24. Re-Record Equipment, Interunit Cabling Diagram. . . 86
1-25. Circuit Connections of B1301, Schematic Diagram . . 87
1-26, Modified Amplifier Unit, Partial Schematic Diagram . 88
1-27. The Re-Record and Playback Processes,
Amplifier Response Characteristics 89
Page
Revised:
20 September 56. SECRET
m Ot 011
'VEsorcif?,,Y 9?rf. ,R Release R0.9.99P/?Pc.;,08.-Bcci,F,',7?lacn91,
g e en o ,
is. U.S.C., document
a791 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
9, q. 11019,,g,:topitoTgooi -1
Approved For Release 2 E1A-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION II
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND PREFLIGHT TESTS
Paragraph
Page
2-1,
GENERAL
2-1
2-2.
Types of Preflight Tests
2-1
2-6,
Purpose of Preflight Bench Procedures and
Ramp Tests
2-1
2-7.
Sample Form for Noting the Results of the Preflight
Bench Procedures and Ramp Tests
2-2
2-8,
Equipment Necessary for Preflight Tests
2-4
2-11.
PERFORMING THE PREFLIGHT BENCH
PROCEDURES
2-6
2-12,
General
2-6
2-13,
Preparing the Information Recorder for the
Bench Procedures
2-6
?-t--
2-14.
Performing Routine Maintenance
2-7
2-15.
Loading the Information Recorder with
Magnetic Tape
2-8
2-16.
Checking the Operation of the Information
Recorder
2-11
2-19.
Renewing the Desiccant
2-12
2-20.
PERFORMING THE PREFLIGHT RAMP TESTS .
2-13
2-21.
General
2-13
2-24,
Objectives of the Preflight Ramp Tests
2-13
2-25.
Setting Up the Equipment
2-14
2-28.
Establishing Known Signal Levels at the Antenna
2-15
SECRET
APPLOULIEQL,BalsaasipaQQAM5123,1414-RDEuziaaaajoio,Ratwapoi wool-1
IR, U.S.C., Section 793 owl 704, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an uncalled*, careen Is amid ited by
Approved For Release 2000SEtRITIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION II
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND PREFLIGHT TESTS
(Continued)
2-29
Paragraph
Testing the Sensitivity of the Antenna
Page
Assemblies
Z-16
2-30.
Equalizing the Sensitivity of the Right-Side and
Left-Side Information Channels
2-16
2-31.
Testing the Information Recorder
2-18
2-36.
Preparing the Airborne Equipment for Flight
2-20
2-37,
RE-RECORDING PROCEDURE
2-20
2-38.
Equipment Required for Re-Recording
2-20
2-39.
Setting Up the Re-Record Equipment
2-22
2-45.
Removing the Magnetic-Recording Tape from
the Information RecordPr
2-23
2-46.
Re-Recording the Data
2-24
2-52.
OPERATING THE TEST SET
2-26
2-53.
General
2-26
2-54.
Functions of Test-S.et Jacks
2-26
2-55.
Test-Set Operating Controls
2-27
2-56.
Energizing the Test Set
2-29
2-57.
Obtaining Trapezoidal of Pulse Output from
the Test Set
2-29
2-58.
Obtaining Pulsed S- Band or Pulsed X-Band Output
from the Test Set
2-29
2-63.
Operating the Oscilloscope
2-31
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
ApprovadnEornaelease2000105/23, :of CJArrgEg.'7,5BOOMPROWAIIA1,090,0 1-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200gaterRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION II
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND PREFLIGHT TESTS
Figure Page
2-1. Information Recorder, Details of Tape-Loading
Procedure 2-36
SECRET
APPLQUanEornilleigam,ZOQL11,04123 CJ AnlitaP URA 030 AIRO 9.0.140.14) Q10 1-1
18, U.S.C.. Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorised person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 200grenttRDP75600300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
? SECTION III
MAINTENANCE DATA AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
Paragraph
Page
3-1.
GENERAL ,
3-1
3-4.
DETECTING TROUBLE IN THE AIRBORNE OR
GROUND-BASED RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT
3-1
3-5.
Detecting Trouble During the Preflight Bench
Procedures
3-1
3-6.
Detecting Trouble During the Preflight Ramp
Tests
3-2
3-7.
Detecting Trouble During the Re-Record Process
3-2
3-8.
Detecting Trouble During the Comprehensive
50-Hour Bench Tests
3-2
3-9.
GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR ISOLATING
TROUBLE
3-2
3-10.
Types of Trouble
3-2
3-11.
Equipment Inoperative
3-2
3-12.
Intermittent Operation
3-3
3-13.
Marginal Performance
3-4
3-14.
Equipment Required for Performing Tests and
Isolating Trouble
3-4
3-17.
ISOLATING TROUBLE IN THE SYSTEM BY
MEANS OF WAVEFORM DATA.
3-6
3-19.
ISOLATING TROUBLE IN THE AIRBORNE
EQUIPMENT
3-11
3-20.
General
3-11
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document containsInfo' motion affecting Ihe national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows' Till.
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SICRE1DP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SEC TION III
MAINTENANCE DATA AND _PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
(Continued)
3- 24.
3- 25.
Paragraph
Normal Performance Characteristics of the
Vibrator D-C Supply
Information-Amplifier Waveform Data
Page
3-11
3- 13
3-26.
Information-Amplifier Voltage and Resistance Data . . .
3-16
3-27.
Information-Recorder Waveform Data
3-18
3-28.
Information-Recorder Voltage and Resistance Data . . .
3-28
3-29.
REPAIRING THE AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT
3-30
3-30.
General
3-30
3-34.
Replacing Parts ..
3-30
3-39.
Repairing the Antenna Assemblies
3-31
3-40.
Repairing the Information Amplifiers
3-32
3741.
Repairing the Vibrator D-C Supply
3-33
3-4 2.
Repairing the Information Recorder, General
3-33
3-45.
Repairing the Information Recorder, Installation
of Electronic Parts . ....... ...... -
3-34
3-47.
Repairing the Information Recorder, Adjustment
of Mechanical Parts
3- 35
3-48.
Repairing the Information Recorder, Complete
Tape-Alignment Procedure
3-36D
3-48G.
PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
3-37
3-48H.
Routine Maintenance of the Airborne Equipment . .
3- 37
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?AMIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECREFDP751300300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SEC TION III
MAINTENANCE DATA AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
(Continued)
Paragraph Page
3-49. Periodic Evaluation of System Performance 3-38
3-50. Normal-Performance Characteristics of the
Vibrator D-C Supply . ? . . . OOO ? ? 3-39
3-51. Normal-Performance Characteristics of the
Information Amplifier 3-39
3-52. Normal-Performance Characteristics of the
Information Recorder 3-41
3-53. Normal-Performance Characteristics of the
Re-Record Equipment 3-46
3-54, SERVICING THE GROUND-BASED TEST SET 3-50
3-55. Isolating Trouble . . . ..... ..... 3-50
3-60. Performing Adjustments. . ? . ...... 3-54
3-69, SERVICING THE GROUND-BASED RE-RECORD
EQUIPMENT ..... . . ....... 3-58
3-71. Testing the Frequency-Response Characteristics of
the Re-Record Amplifiers 3-58
3-76. Equipment Set-Up and Procedure for Measuring Post-
Emphasis Response at 2. 25 Inches-Per-Second 3-59
3-80. Equipment Set-Up and Procedure for Measuring Post-
Emphasis Response at 7.5, Inches-Per-Second . 3-60
3-84, Equipment Set-Up and Procedure for Measuring Pre-
Emphasis Response at 7.5 Inches-Per-Second. . . . ? ? 3-61
3-88. Maintaining the Re-Record Equipment 3-61
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
1
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION III
MAINTENANCE DATA AND PREVENTATIVE MAIl\TTENA.NCE
Figure Page
3-1. Test Set-Up for Measuring Frequency Response of
Record and Playback Amplifiers . ........... 3-63
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?MITDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
la
Approved For Release 200tgerferDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION IV
INSTALLATION DATA AND INTERUNIT CABLING
Paragraph
4-1. GENERAL
4-2. EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE
INSTALLATION
Page
4-1
4-1
4-3. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT IN THE AIRCRAFT 4-Z
4-4. General 4-2
4-5. Installing the S-Band Antenna Assemblies 4-3
4-6. Installing the X- Band Antenna Assemblies . ? ? ? 4-3
4-7. Changing Antennas 4-3
4-8. Installing the Information Amplifiers 4-4
4-9. Installing the Vibrator D-C Supply 4-4
4-10. Installing the Information Recorder 4-4
4-11. INTERCONNECTING THE UNITS 4-5
SECVIET
ApprovedE9: ltitq? 399 WP.?/an s ; PA-P7A159PaciORADCLISIVP
1-1,2,,1hoi ,
IS. U.S.C., necilon 793 and 794, the transmission or revelallon of which hi any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited b; low.
Approved For Release 200SEE/eMRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION IV
INSTALLATION DATA AND 1NTERUNIT CABLING
4-1.
Figure
Airborne Equipment, Interunit Cabling Diagram
.
.
Page
4-6
4-2.
S-Band Antenna Assembly, Installation Dimensions.
4-7
4-3.
X-Band Antenna Assembly, Installation
Dimensions
4-8
4-4.
Information Amplifier, Installation Dimensions
?
.
4-9
4-5.
Vibrator D-C Supply, Installation Dimensions ?
4-10
4-6.
Information Recorder, Installation Dimensions.
?
?
4-11
SECRET
Appmmem,?F?cmaRiguR zongoxp;tgagagtFw7m,09.91,9911(19.9,1.09wrS.001-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, tranimitsion or revelation or which in any manner to an unauthorized porton it preeiblted by low.
Approved For Release 200CSECOIRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION V
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
AND
MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST
Paragraph Page
5-1. GENERAL ORGANIZATION
5-5. HOW TO USE THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS
BREAKDOWN AND MAINTENANCE PARTS
LIST
5-1
5-2
SECRET
Apprp,Y1FIG.,UtriE9,?lita.?.9,..?QP,91,04a1.:oq,1415 c$2,7.41;3110.41,9 BQAQ3.12,91,QPICIP 1-1
a, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the tranorninion or revelotion of which In any manner to an unauthorized person lz prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION V
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
AND
MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST
Figure
5-1. S-Band Antenna Assembly, Parts Callouts . ? .
5-2. X-Band Antenna Assembly, Parts Callouts
5-3. Information Amplifier
5-4. Information..Amplifier, Printed-Circuit Board,
Parts Callouts . . ....... o ..... a ? ? .
?
?
...
? . .
Page
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-5. Iniormation Recorder
5-12 *-
5,-6. Information Recorder, Printed-Circuit Board,
Parts Callouts . . . a s o ......... ........
.
5-1.3
5-7. Information Recorder, Major Mechanical-
Assembly Callouts
5-14
5-8. Reel-Drive Assemblies, Parts Callouts
5-15
5-9. Loop Arm Assembly, Parts Callouts
5--15
5-10. Head, and Head-Cover Assembly, Parts Callouts . ?
?
.
.
5-16
5-11. Jam Roller Assembly, Parts Callouts
5-16B
5.-11A. Capstan and Capstan Drive, Motor and Flywheel, and
Capstan-Motor Mounting Assemblies, Parts Callouts
.
.
. .
5-16B
5-12. Transition Assembly, Parts Callouts
5-17
5-13. Reel Support, Parts Callouts
5-17
5-13A. Reel Guide and Mounting Assemblies, Parts Callouts
5-17A.
91.10,
5-14. Vibrator D- C Supply
5-24
5-15. Vibrator D-C Supply, Parts Callouts
5-25
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?AMTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000gEeMRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION V
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
AND
MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST
(Continued)
Figure Page
5-16. Low-Speed Playback Transport,
Parts Ca'louts 5-27
5-17. Power Interconnecting Cable (5759-1 Modified
to Include W1301), Parts Callouts 5-28
5-18. Master or Slave Amplifier, Parts Callouts . 5-29
SECRET
Appraxpagnpogipmg. CIO ?12 JP2R3.94,911199,2121a10,9901
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the iransrnission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/9ECRODP75B00300R000100100001-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION VI
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA SECTION
6-1.
6-3.
Paragraph
GENERAL
INFORMATION RECORDER TEST JIG
Page
6- /
6-1
6-4.
Purpose of the Test Jig
6-1
6-5.
Equipment Used With the Test Jig
6-1
6-7.
General Description of the Test Jig
6-1
6- 1 1 .
Detailed Description of the Test Jig ? .
6-2
6-21.
Preparing the Test Jig for Operation
6-5
6-22.
Operating the Test Jig
6-6
6-23.
Maintenance of the Test Jig
6-10
6-24.
HEATER-EQUIPPED METAL TOP COVER
6-13
6-25.
Purpose of the Heater-Equipped Metal Top Cover
6-13
6-26.
Description of the Heater-Equipped Metal Top Cover
6-13
6-31.
Installing the Heater-,Equipped Information Recorder
6-14
6-32.
Maintenance Parts Callouts for a Heater-Equipped
Metal Top Cover OO ... OOOOOOOOO
6-14
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 200AECKIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
SECTION VI
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA SECTION
Figure
Page
6-1.
Test Jig for Information Recorder Printed-Circuit Board . . .
6-11
6-2.
Test Jig, Schematic . ? . ? ?? . ? ?
6-12
6-3.
Information Recorder and Heater-Equipped Metal Top
Cover, Parts Callouts
6-15
6-4.
Information Recorder With Heater-Equipped Metal Top
Cover, Installation Dimensions . ? ? ? ? 0 0
6-17
6-5.
W1205-2 and Heater Circuit, Wiring and
Schematic Diagrams
6-18
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?2c:MDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, USC,, Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 20SECHET-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
AIRBORNE RADAR-MONITORING SYSTEM
SECTION I
THEORY OF OPERATION
1-1. PURPOSE OF THE AIRBORNE RADAR-MONITORING SYSTEM.
The purpose of the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System is to provide
a continuous recording on magnetic tape of S-band, or X-band radar
signals present in the space through which the System-bearing air-
craft passes. This recording includes information concerning
pulse repetition frequency (prf), amplitude (i.e., signal strength),
time of recording and direction of origin (right side, or left side)
of the magnetically recorded S-band, or X-band radar signals.
1-2. GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. See figures 1-land 1-2.
1-3. A complete monitoring System consists of a right-side an-
tenna assembly, a left-side antenna assembly, a right-side infor-
mation amplifier, a left-side information amplifier, an information
recorder and a vibrator d-c supply. The right- and left-side infor-
mation amplifiers, the information recorders and the vibrator .d-c
supply are identical whether S-band, or X-band transmissions are
being monitored. The right- and left-side antenna assemblies how-
ever, are both S-band, or both X-band antenna assemblies depend-
ing on whether S-band, or X-band transmissions are being moni-
tored.
1-4. Both the S-band and X-band antenna assemblied include a
suitable dish for gathering and focusing radar energy, a dipole and
reflector arrangement for directing radar energy toward an energy
guide, and a crystal detector which receives the radar (microwave)
energy from the guide and delivers to the information amplifiers a
1
SECLIET
ApiimpsivEtrfitqatesMtatacrgietBffit5ROMMtialgt.001-1
Approved For Release 20SECRIT-RD1275B00300R000100100001-1
voltage pulse whose prf, shape and amplitude corresponds to the
prf, shape and amplitude of the radar energy originally gathered,
or picked-up, by the dish.
1-5. The circuits of the right- and left-side information ampli-
fiers are identical and each performs the same function. Namely,
each receives the voltage-pulse output of the corresponding right-
or left-side antenna assembly and delivers to the information re-
corder a pulse whose prf is identical to the prf of the monitored
radar signal, whose amplitude is proportional to the amplitude of
the monitored radar signal and whose duration is sufficiently long
so that an indication of its prf and amplitude may be recorded on
magnetic tape. The output of the right-side information amplifier
is recorded on one track (i. e., along one strip) of a magnetic tape
and the output of the left-side information amplifier is simultan-
eously recorded on an adjacent, or parallel, track of the magnetic
tape.
1-6. The information recorder includes all of the circuits and
mechanisms necessary for recording and playing back the signals
which provide indication of prf, amplitude and time. As shown in
block diagram figure 1-2, these circuits include five time-refer-
ence oscillators whose signals may be recorded on a track parallel
to the tracks on' which the outputs of the right- and left-side infor-
mation amplifiers were recorded. These oscillators may be keyed
on and off at specific times; and, since tape speed is closely regu-
lated, the time during which specific radar signals were recorded
can be referenced to specific oscillator signals.
1-7. As the magnetic tape moves from the supply reel to the take-
up reel, it first moves past an erase head to insure that the tape
SECRET
AtIVI.Freattredoegytes.21100102251Vrattlit7.53003,MOOMMT,cfao o 1-1
Approved For Release 20SEICRET-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Is fully demagnetized before it moves on to the record head. Alter-
nating erase current for this purpose is supplied by the bias-and-
erase oscillator. Alternating-current bias for the record head
also originates from this oscillator. As the magnetic tape con-
tinues to move from the supply reel to the takeup reel, it passes
next to the record head and then to the playback head where the
magnetic energy stored on the three tracks of the magnetic tape
during recording is translated to electrical signals. The signals
stored on tracks 1, 2, and 3 are then coupled to separate play-
back amplifiers whose outputs may be re-recorded in any de-
sired form or viewed on a cathode-ray oscilloscope.
1-8, In addition to the airborne components of the system, a
ground-based monitor test set and a ground-based, commercially
available, re-record equipment is supplied. (See figures 1-3 and
1-4.) The monitor test set is specifically designed to provide
the means for checking the performance of the Airborne Radar-
Monitoring System, while the commercially available re-record
equipment is modified to make it suitable for re-recording the
information (track 1, track 2 and track 3 output of the playback
amplifiers) obtained by the airborne System,
1-9. Details of the antenna assembly (S-band and X-band), the
information amplifier, the information recorder, the vibrator
d-c supply, the test set, and the modification of the commercial
re-record equipment are described in this instruction guide.
1-10. MAJOR COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES.
Table 1-1 below lists all of the major components and acces-
sories of the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System.
3
SECRET
ityptinowsmktiMghoff,)11M23{,tiVeRffitE9BraFf?9,9312409,9001 -1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Table 1-1. Airborne Radar-Monitoring System,
Major Components and Accessories
Number Supplied
Name Per System
Airborne Equipment:
Antenna Assembly (S-band or X-band)
2
Information Amplifier .
2
Information Recorder
1
Vibrator D-C Supply
1
Set of Interunit Cables
1
Ground-Based Re-Record Equipment:
Master Amplifier
1
Slave Amplifier
2
Power Supply
3
Low-Speed Playback Transport
1
High-Speed Record Transport
1
Set of Interunit Cables
1
Ground-Based Test Equipment:
Test Set
1
Set of Test-Set Accessories:
1
S-Band Horn
X-Band Horn
Horn-Mounting Tripod
Measuring Tape
Test Probe for Commercial Oscilloscope
Hood for Commercial Oscilloscope
Crystal Mount
Headphones
VTVM
Associated Cables
Test Jig for Information-Recorder
Printed-Circuit Board
Revised: 4
20 September 56.
Approved For Release 20?:KIRECTA-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning 0 the Espionage Lows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2
a P.
A-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
1-11. ANTENNA ASSEMBLY.
1-12. GENERAL. The Airborne Radar-Monitoring System may
include either two S-band antenna assemblies* or two X-band an-
tenna assemblies. The principal functional elements of these
assemblies are the parabolic dish, the feeds and their associated
dipoles, and the crystal detector. The S-band antenna assembly
is illustrated and its principal functional elements are identified
in figure 1-5. Details of its feed are shown in figure 1-6. Corres-
ponding illustrations of the X-band antenna assembly are shown
in figures 1-6 and 1-7. The reasons for the particular construc-
tions shown and the differences between the two assemblies are
discussed following the functional description which applies equally
well to either of these microwave antenna assemblies.
1-13. PURPOSE OF THE ANTENNA ASSEMBLY. The purpose
of the antenna assembly, whether S-band, or X-band, is to pick
up pulses of microwave electromagnetic transmissions (radar
pulses)* concentrate and direct these transmissions through the
guide or feed; and deliver a voltage pulse to the information ampli-
fier whose prf, shape, and amplitude correspond to the pri, shape,
and amplitude of the radar pulses originally picked up by the an-
tenna assembly.
1-14. MICROWAVE ENERGY FLOW TO CRYSTAL DETECTOR. --
See figure 1-8,
1-15, It will be recalled that a voltage is induced and current will
flow on a conductor when the conductor lies in the path of a changing,
or moving electromagnetic field. Microwave electromagnetic
transmissions moving into the parabolic dish of the antenna assembly
induce voltages and corresponding surface currents on the metallic
surface of the dish. It will also be recalled that all currents have
an associated electromagnetic field, so that these surface currents
re-radiate, or reflect, an electromagnetic field from the rnetalic
surface of the dish. Since the dish is parabolic, the reflected
5
SECRET
IMPIntalgi EIVIteteaSt 21/COMMILVIAMDFX55094INIMMIZW0001
Approved For Release 200 RDP75600300R000100100001-1
energy will converge and tend to concentrate at the focal point of
the parabola. This is the point at which the driver dipole of the
antenna assembly is located.
1-16. The microwave field energy, concentrated at the driver
dipole by the parabolic dishoinduces a voltage and a corresponding
current in the driver-dipole circuit. Here too, a microwave field
is associated with this current and the radiation pattern of the
dipole is such that microwave energy is directed into the feed and
in the opposite direction toward the reflector dipole. The energy
radiated away from the dish would be lost if the reflector dipole
were not used. The reflector dipole, however, is spaced, and
Its size is such, as to reflect this energy back toward the driver
dipole in such a phase as to reinforce the field at the driver dipole.
1-17. THE DISH STRUCTURES OF THE S-BAND AND THE X-
BAND ANTENNA ASSEMBLIES.
1-18. The parabolic dish of both the S-band and X-band antenna
assemblies are fabricated by coating the outside surface of several
layers of laminated glass cloth with aluminum and then coating
the aluminum with a resin coating, This method of fabrication
results in a sturdy, lightweight structure in which the aluminum
reflecting surface is protected from the elements.
1-19. The diameter of the S-band dish is 11.5 inches and the diam-
eter of the X-bancl dish is 6,2 inches. In the case of the X-band
dish, the diameter was determined by antenna gain and directivity
considerations, while in the case of the S-band dish the diameter
was determined principally by size and bulk considerations,
1-20. The reason for the dimensions chosen and the difference
between them becomes apparent when we consider the effect of
dish diameter on the operation of the antenna assembly. As the
diameter of a parabolic dish is increased, two things happen.
First, the gain of the antenna increases as the square of the diameter;
6
scrIcaT
A Martmgcl:134 erailealiM21740205/23=111ARDPITRAMOR0041010,c1,170 1-1
Approved For Release 200 2TRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
and second, the antenna becomes more and more directional as
described by the expression
(k) wavelength
beamwidth -
dish diameter
where k is a constant which depends on the primary feed pattern
and feed structure. What this expression tells us is that if the
dish is used as a radiator of electromagnetic energy, the electro-
magnetic energy will be focused into a more narrow beam, or
cone, as the diameter of the parabolic dish is increased. This
also means that a large diameter dish, used as a receiver, or
pick-up, of electromagnetic energy must be pointed at the source
of electromagnetic radiations from within a comparatively narrow
cone in order to develop usable signal. This is another way of
saying that the parabolic dish becomes more directional with an
increase in dish diameter. If the dish diameter is increased too
far to achieve additional antenna gain, the cone within which the
antenna must "look at" the source will become so narrow that the
probability of detecting microwave energy is prohibitively low.
Thus, the X-band dish diameter represents a compromise be-
tween the desirability of a high antenna gain and the necessity for
a high probability of signal detection.
1-21. Because the wavelengths of signals in the S-band are about
three times greater thari the wavelengths of signals in the X-band,
the diameter of the S-band dish could have been considerably
larger than 11.5 inches for greater antenna gain without a proe
hibitive decrease in the probability of signal detection. In this
case, however, the size of the dish was limited by weight and
bulk considerations relative to the space available for the dish
on the aircraft bearing the System.
1-22. THE S-BAND FEED AND THE X-BAND FEED.
1-23. As indicated in figure 1-6 the S-band antenna assembly
uses a coaxial feed, while the X-band antenna assembly uses a
7
SECRET
ApplreeRst tql7f901.9m9,19.9t19,tfigizrzt,V, 2,,diatinPutiten fINPRIMPR9 0 1-1
Approved For Release 2000/0ti3chilDP75600300R000100100001-1
rectangular-waveguide feed. These types of feeds are used to
confine the microwave fields and prevent the fields from radiating
from the feed and being lost. At S-band frequencies, a coaxial
feed serves this purpose very well. At X-band frequencies, how-
ever, a coaxial feed of the same dimensions used for S-band is
not suitable, because at X-band frequencies a coaxial feed of
these dimensions would tend to transmit unwanted modes and re-
duce the energy transfer to the crystal detector. If the ratio of
the inner diameter of the outer conductor to the outer diameter
of the inner conductor of the coaxial feed were made larger, the
generation of unwanted modes could be avoided. However, if this
were done, the weight and bulk of the resulting coaxial feed would
exceed the weight and bulk of the rectangular-waveguide feed.
1-24. A waveguide feed is not used at S-band frequencies be-
cause the cross-sectional dimensions of a rectangular waveguide
must be in the order of one-half wavelength. At X-band frequencies
the width of the rectangular-waveguide feed is about one inch. This
Is a practical dimension in the light of the size and weight specifi-
cations for the System. At S-band frequencies, however, the width
of a rectangular-waveguide feed would have to be about 3 inches.
The added weight and bulk of a feed of this size would be prohibitive
for the intended application.
1-25. Tapering the end of the X-band waveguide feed toward the
dipoles provided a gradual transition from the impedance of the
dipoles to the impedance of the waveguide feed. This reduces the
generation of standing waves on the guide. Consequently, reflection
losses due to standing waves are reduced, and an optimum power
transfer from the dipoles to the crystal detector circuit is effected,
1-26. As indicated in figure 1-6, three things are done to reduce
the generation of standing waves in the S-band feed. First, the
inner conductor is tapered toward the adapter to affect a gradual
transition from the lower impedance of the coaxial guide to the
8
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the notional defense of the United Slates within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Suction 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200
DP75600300R000100100001-1
higher impedance of the adapter; second, a quarter-wave trans-
former is used to provide a closer match between the impedances
to the left and to the right of the transformer; and third, a coaxial
choke is included on the guide. This choke is about a quarter-
wavelength, open-ended section and presents a very high impedance
to the standing wave looking into the section from the dipole end of
the feed. A set screw is provided for fixing the choke in the best
position along the coaxial guide.
1-27. The coax adapter indicated in figure 1-6 provides the means
for connecting the S-band crystal holder and detector to the feed,
while the UG-135/U waveguide flange-joints serve the same pur-
pose for the X-band antenna assembly. The UG-135/U flange-joint
terminating the waveguide feed was modified by cutting away a part
of its thickness in order to reduce its weight.
1-28. THE S-BAND CRYSTAL DETECTOR.
1-29. The purpose of the antenna assembly S-band crystal de-
tector is the same as the purpose of a detector circuit at the lower
communications frequencies. That is, the S-band crystal detector
receives microwave r-f energy and delivers a voltage pulse whose
shape corresponds to the modulation envelope (in this case, a
pulse modulation envelope) of the r-f energy received. As indi-
cated in figure 1-9a, all of the elements of a typical low-frequency
detector circuit are included in the S-band detector circuit. The
broken...line capacitance indicated in figure 1-9a represents the
stray capacitance of the coaxial feed and the input capacitance of
the first stage of the information amplifier. This capacitance
serves the same purpose as the actual capacitor which is inserted
in a detector circuit at lower frequencies.
1-30. When the microwave electromagnetic field concentrated on
the driver dipole generates a signal on the dipole, the coaxial feed
confines the field associated with this signal and applies the signal
across the input impedance of the information amplifier and the
9
SECRET
AppravadoEor.Ralaase.24100105/23.:0GJA.RDRZ580030,0R410044104,000.01-1
IB U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmItslon or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 200gatairRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
crystal rectifier in series. Electrons then flow from ground and
charge the stray capacitance to very nearly the peak value of the
positive half of the microwave r-f signal. This charge remains
substantially constant for the interval of the pulse of microwave
r-f energy because the stray capacitance cannot discharge through
the information amplifier input resistance to any appreciable ex-
tent before the microwave r-f signal again goes positive.
1-31. THE X-BAND CRYSTAL DETECTOR. The X-band crystal
detector serves the same purpose as the S-band crystal detector,
and here too, all of the elements of a typical low-frequency de-
tector circuit are included in a familiar circuit arrangement. (See
figure 1-9b.) When an X-band signal is picked up by the antenna
assembly, a signal develops between one side of the feed and the
side opposite. As indicated in figur e 1-9b, this signal is applied
across the crystal rectifier to produce envelope detection in the
same way as the pulse envelope is detected at S-band frequencies.
10
SECRET
AkTroved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75B00300R0Q010010QQ01-1
h document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the mean ng of ale Espionage Laws, ,flas
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/MfiltrDP75B00300R000100100001-1
1-32. INFORMATION AMPLIFIER.
1-33. PURPOSE' OF THE INFORMATION AMPLIFIER. The pur-
pose of the information amplifier is to receive the output pulse of
the crystal detector and to deliver to the information recorder an
amplified pulse whose amplitude is proportional to the amplitude
of the crystal-detector output, whose repetition frequency is the
same as the repetition frequency of the crystal-detector output,
and whose duration is sufficiently long so that an indication of
amplitude and prf may be recorded on magnetic tape. (The follow-
ing discussion assumes that the duration of all crystal detector
output pulses is 0.25 microseconds, or greater).
1-34. BLOCK-DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION OF THE INFORMATION
AMPLIFIER.
1-35. As indicated in the information-amplifier portion of block
diagram figure 1-2, the information amplifier consists of five
functional circuits. These are the four-stage video amplifier,
the pulse-width limiter, the pulse stretcher, the stretch limiter
and the cathode-follower output. The four-stage video amplifier,
the pulse stretcher and the cathode-follower output constitute the
main amplifier channel, while the pulse-width limiter and the
stretch limiter act as control circuits for the main amplifier channel.
These circuits are identified on block diagram figure 1-2 and the
circuits corresponding to the blocks of figure 1-2 are identified on
schematic figure 1-11. The manner in which these circuits process
the pulse output of the crystal detector to produce the output having
the characteristics described above is illustrated by the idealized,
waveforms of time relationships figure 1-10.
1-36. The input to the four-stage video amplifier is indicated by
waveform 1 of figure 1-10. This signal is amplified by the four-
stage video amplifier and modified by the pulse-width limiter to
produce an output waveform (waveform 5) whose leading-edge pulse
is always 0.25 microseconds in duration, ?and whose amplitude is
11
SECRET
Approved Fr eleasc ?00/95/3 : gilk-ipp751c9329K99qi
oolooqii-1hocument contains In orma ion of ecng t9 not ona ese e Uni ? $ a, wi5em nn t? In:w ,
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/EtUtar P75600300R000100100001-1
proportional to the amplitude of the input to the four-stage video
amplifier.
1-37. The first stage of the four-stage video amplifier amplifies
and inverts the positive-pulse input from the crystal detector.
The negative-going pulse output (waveform 2) of this stage is
coupled to the control grid of the second stage of the four-stage
video amplifier and also through a cathode follower to a delay
line. (The cathode follower and delay line constitute the pulse-
width limiter circuit. ) The pulse output of the delay line has the
same polarity, amplitude and general waveform as the pulse which
couples directly to the grid of the second video amplifier, but the
output of the delay line occurs 0.25 microseconds after the pulse
is applied to its input.
1-38. The output of the delay line is coupled into the cathode cir-
cuit of the second video amplifier and is shown inverted in figure
1-10 in order to represent graphically the manner in which the
waveform at the grid and the waveform coupled into the cathode
circuit of the second video amplifier combine to produce the
effective signal indicated by waveform 4 of figure 1-10. (The
effective signal at the grid of a vacuum tube is the difference be-
tween the signal at the grid relative to ground and the signal at
the cathode relative to ground. ) The net effect of the remaining
two stages of the four-stage video amplifier is to produce an out-
put having the polarity indicated by waveform 5.
1-39. The output of the four-stage video amplifier is coupled into
the pulse-stretcher circuit and into the stretch-limiter circuit.
The leading-edge pulse of waveform 5 is the only part of waveform
5 which is actually used in the pulse-stretcher and in the stretch-
limiter circuits. This leading-edge pulse charges a capacitor in
the pulse-stretcher circuit and triggers a multivibrator in the
stretch-limiter circuit. Acting together, these circuits produce
an output corresponding to waveform 8.
12
SCT
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 200
ettbRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
1-40. The positive-going leading-edge pulse of waveform 5 rapidly
charges a capacitor (pulse-stretcher capacitor) in the pulse-stretcher
circuit through a low-impedance path which includes a crystal diode.
Since all pulse inputs from the crystal detector have been shortened
to 0.25 microseconds, charging voltage is applied to the pulse-
stretcher capacitor for this interval in all cases, regardless of the
duration of the radar pulses being monitored. Thus, the voltage
amplitude to which the pulse-stretcher capacitor can charge will
be independent of the duration of the pulse inputs from the crystal
detector, and will depend on the amplitude of the leading-edge pulse
of waveform 5 (i. e., on the amplitude of the radar pulses picked up
by the system).
1-41. The rapid charge of the pulse-stretcher capacitor starts
the generation of waveform 8. Once this capacitor is charged,
it can only discharge very slowly because the pulse-stretcher cir-
cuit is arranged so that the circuit to ground is a high impedance.
In this way, the voltage across the capacitor will remain substan-
tially constant until a low-impedance discharge path is provided to
ground.
1-42. The stretch-limiter circuit generates an output trigger
which causes a diode to conduct and provide a low-impedance dis-
charge path to ground for the pulse-stretcher capacitor. This
output trigger is generated by triggering a multivibrator whose
period is 150 microseconds (indicated by waveform 6) and then
differentiating its output The negative-going spike of waveform 7,
which occurs at the trailing edge of the multivibrator output pulse,
is the stretch-limiter output trigger. This trigger causes the
discharge of the pulse-stretcher capacitor and thereby terminates
the pulse indicated by waveform 8.
1-43. It should be noted that the output of the information ampli-
fier (waveform 8) occurs at the same pulse repetition frequency as
the pulse repetition frequency of the input, and its amplitude is pro
13
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United Slates within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, TM.
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECRODP75B00300R000100100001-1
portional to the amplitude of the input. Thus, the prf and ampli-
tude of the radar pulses which produced the input to the informa-
tion amplifier are preserved. Further, this output is of sufficient
duration so that an indication of prf and amplitude may now be re-
corded on magnetic tape. The details of the circuits used to achieve
this result are discussed in the following paragraphs.
1-44. DETAIL CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION OF THE INFORMATION
AMPLIFIER. -- Sep figure 1-11.
1-45. FOUR-STAGE VIDEO AMPLIFIER.
1-46. Circuits designed to amplify equally well signals whose fre-
quencies range from low values up to several million cycles per
second are called video amplifiers. The four stage video ampli-
fier provides equal amplification for all frequencies up to about
three million cycles per second. Equal gain for all these fre-
quencies is necessary to faithfully amplify the 0.25 microsecond
pulse which is processed by the four-stage video amplifier.
1-47. The over-all gain of the four-stage video amplifier is about
105. That is, a on.e-tenth-volt, peak-to-peak pulse input at the grid
of V101 will result in a 10.5-volt peak-to-peak pulse output at the
cathode of V104. This over-all gain is produced by a stage gain
of 6 for V101, a gain of about 3 for V102 and a gain of about 6 from
the grid of V103 to the cathode of V104.
1-48. Generally speaking, video am.plifiers use comparatively
low-impedance plate loads and it will be noticed that the plate loads
of V101 and V102 have impedance values less than 6,000 ohms.
(The reason for the use of T101 in the plate circuit of V103 will be
explained below.)
1-49. With respect to the reason for the use of low-plate imped-
ances in video amplifiers, it should be remembered that the effective
impedance of a very large impedance shunted by a smaller impedance
is approximately equal to the smaller impedance. In addition, it
SECRET
Apprsaynercuar Retease,2000/t05/23.; CIAADIR, 75B00300R000100499001-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited law.
Approved For Release 2000SregglitDP75B00300R000100100001-1
should be recalled that the gain of an amplifier changes as the
impedance of its plate load changes, and that the impedance of
the stray capacitance which shunts the plate load goes down as
the frequency of the signal we are attempting to amplify goes up.
The effective impedance of the plate load will therefore remain
very nearly equal to the value of the plate-load resistor connected
into the plate circuit so long as the impedance of the stray capaci-
tance is much larger than the value of the plate-load resistor.
As long as this is true, the gain of the amplifier remains constant
as frequency goes up. With a continuing increase in frequency,
however, the impedance of the shunt capacitance goes down and
frequencies are reached where the impedance of the stray capaci-
tance is no longer much greater than the resistance of the plate
load. When these frequencies are reached, the gain of the ampli-
fier goes down rapidly and equal gain for frequencies above this
point is no longer possible. If the resistance of the plate load is
low, higher frequencies are reached before the plate-load resist-
ance and the impedance of the shunt capacitance are comparable.
Thus, a lower plate-load resistance provides equal gain for a
broader range of frequencies; and, although this lower plate-load
resistance provides a comparatively lower gain per stage, the
desired over-all gain can usually be achieved by adding stages.
1-50. The reason for using pulse transformer T101 in the plate
circuit of V103,, instead of a low-value resistor, has to do with
the fact that the information amplifier is required to process in-
put signals ranging from very low levels to very high levels.
Another way of saying this is to say that the information amplifier
must have a very wide dynamic range. Specifically, the intended
use of the information amplifier requires that it have a dynamic
range of about 46 decibels. At the upper limit of the dynamic
range, a 150-volt, peak-to-peak signal is required to drive cathode
follower V104. If, for example, a plate-load resistor of 4000 ohms
were used in the plate circuit of V103 (in place of T101), a current
15
SECRET
phpariumiEccaRiquige eps? or the Unit.d Stout within the meaning of the Eupionog. Law,.
$32001-1
it, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person it prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
swing of 37 milliamperes (150 volts/4000 ohms) would be required
to develop this 150-volt signal. Since it is necessary that this
signal be positive (because of the orientation of crystal diode CR102
in the pulse-stretcher circuit), it would also be necessary, under
these conditions, to drive the stage preceding the cathode follower
with a negative-going signal; and the quiescent, or no-signal, plate
current of V103 would have to be somewhat greater than 37 milli-
amperes. This is a larger quiescent current than the quiescent
current drawn by the entire information amplifier. The use of
T101 in the stage preceding the cathode, follower output of the four
stage video amplifier makes it possible to drive this stage with a
positive-going signal since the negative-going signal developed in
its plate circuit is inverted by T101. Thus, V103 may be biased
so that its quiescent plate current is only a few milliamperes and
efficiency and reliability are very much better than they would be
if a resistive load were used. In addition, the turns ratio of T101
is such that a voltage step up from one to two is provided from its
primary to its secondary.
1-51. The last three stages of the four-stage video amplifier are
operated at plus 220 volts in order to enable these stages to pro-
cess high-amplitude signals. All other stages are operated at 110
volts to keep the current drain on the d-c supply to a minimum and
achieve a higher efficiency.
1-52. The cathode impedances of the first three stages of the four
stage video amplifier are either un-bypassed, as in the case of
the cathode impedance of V101; or partially bypassed, as in the
case of the cathode impedances of V102 and V103. This is done to
reduce amplitude distortion and frequency distortion, and to pro-
vide grid-bias potentials as required.
1-53. Amplitude, or non-linear, distortion results from the fact
that the plate current of a vacuum tube does not change in pre-
cisely a linear fashion with a changing grid signal. This will result
SECRET
Aproved For Release 2000/05/23 ?. CIA-RDP75B00300R009100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning o the sp onoge aws, It e
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200NakirDP75B00300R000100100001-1
in the generation of .a wave shape in the plate circuit which is a
somewhat distorted version of the wave shape applied to the grid.
in other words, frequencies are generated in the plate circuit
which were not applied to the grid. The un-bypassed cathode re-
sistors of the four-stage video amplifier reduce amplitude distor-
tion (i. e., the generation of unwanted frequencies in the plate cir-
cuits) by developing signals at these frequencies across these re-
sistors in such a phase as to tend to suppress their generation in
the plate circuits. Further, these un-bypassed cathode imped-
ances (R104 and the output impedance of cathode-follower V106
which is common to the cathode circuit of V102) make the opera-
tion of the four-stage video amplifier less dependent on changes
in tube characteristics, or on tube replacements. For example,
if the transconductance of a tube goes down due to tube aging, the
amount of feedback, or degenerative signal, coupled to the grid,
goes down and the tendency of the stage gain to go down (due to
the decreased transconductance) is reduced. However, a decrease
in the transconductance of cathode follower V106 will cause the
gain of V102 to decrease. This will happen because the output
impedance of V106, which is common to the cathode impedance
of V102, goes up with a decrease in transconductance so that a
larger than normal negative feedback results and reduces the gain
of V102.
1-54. Resistor R110 is shunted by a large capacitor so that
practically no a-c signal develops across this part of the cathode
impedance and the d-c potential which develops across R110 is
used to establish grid bias for V102. Grid bias for V103 is estab-
lished by shunting R117 with a large capacitor, C112. Here, too,
the impedance of C112 is so low, even at very low frequencies, that
practically no a-c signal can develop across R117 and the d-c potential
which does develop is used to provide grid bias for this stage. Capaci-
tor C111, however, is sufficiently small so that, as frequency in-
creases, an a-c signal of diminishing magnitude is developed at the
17
SECCIET
CIA RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
APOTAYASCLFP1,391991 ?geth?9,29/98?131 united-States within the meaning e pn
th Es lo age Laws, Titl.
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized operson ii prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SIMIEP75B00300R000100100001-1
cathode of V103. Thus, less inverse, or degenerative, feedback
develops as frequency increases with the result that this frequency-
discriminating type of inverse feedback tends to offset the high-
frequency attenuation due to stray capacitance and frequency dis-
tortion is reduced.
1-55. The fast current changes which occur in each stage of the
four-stage video amplifier tend to develop signal across the in-
ternal resistance of the vibrator d-c supply. This signal could
couple back into the video amplifiers in such a phase as to cause
oscillations, waveform distortions, or amplitude distortions. For
this reason R102, C101; R108, C103; R122, G109 are used to de-
couple the four stages from one another and thereby prevent these
undesired effects. The resistances provide a high-impedance d-c
path between the plate loads of each of the amplifiers; the capaci-
tors shunt to ground, or short circuit, a-c signals which tend to
couple between stages through the d-c supply. In addition, these
networks serve to decouple hum and noise generated within the
d-c supply from the amplifier stages,
1-56. A cathode follower output, V104, is used as the last stage
of the four-stage video amplifier to provide a low-impedance
source for driving the pulse-stretcher circuit. Grid bias for
cathode-follower V104 is obtained at the junction of R123 and R124,
through R118.
1-57. PULSE-WIDTH LIMITER.
1-58. The pulse-width limiter includes V106 and delay line DL101.
The amplified and inverted pulse input from the crystal detector
is coupled from the plate of V101 through C102 to the
grid of cathode follower V106. Cathode follower V106 provides a
low impedance source for coupling the amplified negative-going
pulse into DL101.
18
SECRET
AParoa0 Egr, litiscom?RAQQ/9?/?1, : 91,Ac, 1-.1p,zwq,9Rp,o91,001ooq,91 -1
SOO 00 0 w n meaning o e sp 00000 Low., l?
IS. U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by km.
Approved For Release 2000/SECREIV75B00300R000100100001-1
1-59. Resistors R142, R143 and R144 constitute a voltage divider
across the plus 110-volts supply to provide operating voltages for
V106. Resistor R142 and capacitor C123 serve as a decoupling
network. Plate voltage for V106 is obtained at the junction of R142
and R143, while grid voltage is obtained by connecting the junction
of R143 and R144 to the grid of V106. The voltage at the junction of
R143 and R144 is positive, but the current through V106 produces a
more positive voltage at the cathode of V106, thus establishing grid
bias.
1-60. Delay line DL101 may be considered to be a coil with a small
capacitor connected between each of its turns and ground. (The small
capacitors represent the capacitance which actually exists between the
turns of the coil and the capacitance between the coil and chassis.)
When a signal voltage is applied at one end of the delay line, each of
these small capacitors must charge through the inductance of the coil
which precedes it. For this reason, there is a delay before the signal
voltage applied at one end of the delay line appears at the opposite end.
Delay line DL101 is designed so that the signal coupled from cathode
follower V106 appears at its output 0. 25 microseconds after having
been applied to its input. (See waveforms 2 and 3 of figure 1-10.)
1-61, PULSE-STRETCHER,
1-62. The purpose of the pulse-stretcher circuit is to receive the
O. 25 microsecond pulse (the positive-going leading-edge pulse of
waveform 5) and to deliver a pulse 150 microseconds in duration to
the cathode-follower output. The amplitude of the 150-microsecond
output must be proportional to the amplitude of the 0. 25-microsecond
input, and its prf must be the same as the prf of the input.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/At : gf-TDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
19
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
1-63. Crystal rectifier CR102 is inserted in series with C116
across the video-amplifier output in such a way that electrons
flow from ground and charge C116 positively with respect to
ground each time the positive-going leading-edge pulse of the
video-amplifier output occurs. (The negative-going trailing-
edge pulse of the video-amplifier output has no effect on the
charge of C116 because CR102 will not conduct in the opposite
direction.) Since CR102 and R129 constitute a low-impedance
charge path in one direction, the charge on C116 builds up very
rapidly. In the opposite direction, however, CR102 presents a
very high back impedance so that the charge accumulated during
the 0.25-microsecond interval of the positive-going pulse tends
to remain substantially constant for 150 microseconds. When
the negative-going trigger output of the stretch limiter occurs at
the end of this interval (see waveform 7), diode VIII becomes
conductive and electrons flow from ground through Viii and dis-
charge C116. A pulse 125 volts in amplitude at the cathode of
V104 will charge Cl 16 to about 10 volts during the 0.25-micro-
second pulse interval and will produce a stretched-pulse output
at the cathode of V105 about nine volts in amplitude.
1-64. Resistors R127 and R128 constitute a voltage divider across
the plus 110 volts supply and provide an operating bias through R126
to the crystal rectifier, CR102. This is done because, in general,
silicon diodes do not start to conduct until a voltage of approxi-
mately 0.3 volt is applied. If CR102 were not biased in this way,
part of the signal applied would be lost.
1-65. Resistor R129 is inserted in series with CR102 to minimize
the effects of changes in diode impedance with changes in signal
amplitude. These impedance changes are appreciable when com-
pared to the impedance of CR102 and tend to make the amplitude
response of the pplse stretcher less linear. The insertion of R129
in series with CR102 effectively adds 3000 ohms to the impedance
20
Approved For Release 2000/0513METP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the notional defame of the United States within the meaning of the Esplonag? Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized porton Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/tititTP75600300R000100100001-1
of this diode so that the impedance changes now constitute a smaller
percentage of the effective diode impedance (diode impedance plus
3000 ohms) and the effects of these impedance changes are there-
fore greatly reduced.
1-66. STRETCH LIMITER.
1-67. The stretch-limiter circuit includes V107, CR103, V108,
V109, V110 and V111. The stretch-limiter circuit receives the
output of the four-stage video amplifier and generates a trigger
which occurs 150 microseconds after the leading edge of the four-
stage video-amplifier output. This trigger output causes the dis-
charge of stretcher capacitor, C11,6.
1-68. The output of the four-stage video amplifier is amplified
and inverted by trigger amplifier, V107 and is coupled to crystal
diode CR103. Because of the way crystal diode CR103 is inserted
in the circuit, the positive-going trailing-edge pulse of the wave-
form (waveform 5 of figure 1-10, inverted and amplified) which
develops at the plate of V107 is eliminated. The remaining nega-
tive-going, leading-edge pulse is coupled through C129 and triggers
a one-shot cathode-coupled multivibrator consisting of V108 and
V109. If the positive-going trailing-edge pulse were not eliminated
by CR103, this pulse could trigger the multivibrator back to its
original state before it had passed through a complete, one-shot
cycle. (R146, C124 and R160, C131 are decoupling networks,
having the function described previously.)
1-69. Vacuum tube V109,.is the normally conducting half of the
multivibrator and V108 is the normally non-conducting half of the
multivibrator. Before the multivibrator is triggered, the voltage
at the plate of V109 is comparatively low. When the negative-
going leading-edge pulse couples through C129 and C130 to the
grid of V109, multivibrator action cuts off V109 and starts V108
conducting. This causes the voltage at the plate of V109 to rise
rapidly and remain at a high level for a time interval determined
21
SECRET
Approved Fpr Releae 2900/05/33 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
document conic ns in emotion a 'Kling ? national de ins, of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, nue
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000tdtu
P75600300R000100100001-1
by the R-C constant of C130, R157 and R159. The values of C130,
R157 and R159 are selected so that V109 remains cut off and V108
continues to conduct for 150 microseconds. At the end of this in-
terval, the rnultivibrator returns to its initial state with V108 cut
off and V109 once more conducting heavily. This is the stable
state for the mUltivibrator and the two halves of the multivibrator
remain in this condition until another negative-going pulse couples
through CR103 and causes the cycle to repeat. Thus, the leading-
edge of each 0.25-microsecond pulse results in the generation of
a pulse 150 microseconds in duration at the plate of V109.
1-70. The 150-microsecond pulse generated at the plate of V109
is coupled to a differentiating network consisting of C132, R165
and R166. The time constant of this network is made long enough
so that the stretch-limiter output trigger (see waveform 7 of
figure 1-10), which develops at the grid of V110 will cut off V110
for about 50 microseconds. Since V110 is normally conducting,
the cathode of diode V111 (connected to the cathode of V110) is
normally at a high positive potential with respect to its plate, and
V111 is therefore normally cut off. When the negative-going spike
of waveform 7 develops across R165 and R166, however, V110
cuts off and the voltage at its cathode falls to a low value. Diode
V111 can now conduct and electrons therefore find a low-imped-
ance path (through R168 and V111) to discharge stretcher capacitor
C116 rapidly, This action generates the trailing edge of the 150-
microsecond pulse-stretcher output.
1-71. CATHODE-FOLLOWER OUTPUT.
1-72. The 150-microsecond pulse, which results from the com-
bined action of the pulse stretcher and the stretch limiter, is
coupled to the information recorder through cathode follower V105.
Cathode-follower coupling between the pulse-stretcher capacitor,
C116, and the information recorder is provided to isolate the low
22
SECCIET
Approw.ed,?Eorna,geigN9,,AQQP145/.2.,. fg.16,7BRE) 7,?14,9 9.4.9P.N2 991 cmL1 09901 -1
Espionage Lows. I ?
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person 11 prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
impedance of the recording-head coil from the pulse-stretcher
capacitor. If this were not done, the pulse-stretcher capacitor
would find a low-impedance discharge path through the recording-
head coil.
1-73. Resistor R141 is inserted in series with the cathode-follower
output stage and the coil of the recording head in order to provide
a square-wave of current (corresponding to the 150-microsecond
square-wave voltage output of the information amplifier) through
the recording-head coil. The resistive impedance of R141 is
large in comparison with the inductive reactance of the coil so
that the equivalent impedance of the coil and R141 in series is pre-
dominantly resistive, and the current through this circuit will
therefore be in phase with, or follow closely, the 150 microsecond
square-wave voltage pulse which is applied.
1-74. Plate voltage for cathode follower V105 is obtained at the
junction of R136 and R137. These resistors constitute a voltage
divider across the plus 110-volt supply. (Capacitor C117 pro-
vides additional filtering for the plate voltage obtained at this junc-
tion.) Grid bias for V105 is obtained by connecting its grid to the
junction of R138 and R139 through R.133.
23
gi
Approved For Release 2000g giDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the notional defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/tDP75B00300R000100100001-1
1-75. INFORMATION RECORDER.
1-76. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE INFORMATION RE-
CORDER.-
1-77. The principal electronic, electrical and mechanical com-
ponents of the information recorder are indicated in block diagram
figure 1-12. Complete electrical and electronic circuit details
are indicated in schematic figure 1-13. All functional components
identified in block diagram figure 1-12 are correspondingly identi-
fied in schematic 1-13.
1-78. Whenever reference is made to track 1 of the magnetic re-
cording tape, the strip along the upper edge (i. e., the edge away
from the casting supporting the mechanisms of the information re-
corder) is being referred to. Whenever reference is made to track
2 of the magnetic tape, the middle strip of the tape is being re-
ferred to, and when reference is made to track .3 of the magnetic
tape, the strip along the lower edge of the tape is being referred
to.
1-79. The outputs of the Wien Bridge oscillators and the 1.0-kc
reference oscillator are always recorded on track 1 of the mag-
netic recording tape. The output of the left-side information ampli-
fier (the information amplifier which receives the output of the
antenna assembly mounted on the left side of the system-bearing
aircraft as one faces the nose from the cockpit) is always recorded
on track 2 of the magnetic recording tape. The output of the right-
side information amplifier (the information amplifier which re-
ceives the output of the antenna assembly mounted on the right
side of the system-bearing aircraft as one faces the nose from the
cockpit) is always recorded on track 3 of the magnetic recording
tape. These signals are always recorded in this way so that on
playback of the original tape, or a tape on which the signals have
been re-recorded, it can be determined from which side (right
side, or left side) of the aircraft radar signals were received and
24
SCT
Agprovpd For Release 2000/05/23 ? CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
{locomen contains Information of ecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Susi 00000 taws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/?kiltrP75B00300R000100100001-1
recorded. (Particular notice should be made of these facts to
avoid confusion in interpreting information played back.from the
recording.)
1-80. If, for .example, the oscillator signals were recorded on
track.2 of the tape (the middle strip), ? and if the original tape, or
the re-record tape were somehow flipped over in handling, there
would be no way of determining whether radar signals were re-
ceived and.rec.orded from the left side, or from the right side .a
the system-bearing aircraft. With the method used, however,
even.if the .original tape, or the re-record tape, .is flipped over,
we know radar Signals received from the left. side of the .aircraft
are recorded on the .middle strip, and radar signals received from
the right side of the .airtraft.are recorded on the strip along the
edge opposite to the edge on which the oscillator signals were re-
corded. (The Airborne Radar-Monitoring System is wired 'so that
these relationships are established and fixed. Extreme care
should be exercised in the installation and 'maintenance of the sys-
tem to avoid.making any change affecting these relationships.
.This note is repeated in the operating, maintenance and installa-
tion sections of this instruction guide.)?
1-81. The .main purpose of the information recorder .is to re-
ceive the outputs .of the right- and .left- side information amplifiers
and record, on separate tracks .(track 2, left-side information
. amplifier; track 3, right-side information amplifier) of a magnetic
. recording tape, the prf and amplitude information contained in
each of these outputs. As previously indicated, an additional track
(track 1) on the magnetic tape is used for recording the output sig-
nals of the ?Wien -Bridge oscillators .and the 1.0-kc reference oscilla-
tor.
1-82. The oscillator signals serve three purposes; first, they
provide a time reference; second, they provide a means of deter-
mining the prf of recorded radar signals; and third, they reference
25
SERET
Approved For Release 2000/05/2C3 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Thrs document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
111, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECREVP75B00300R000100100001-1
one edge of the magnetic tape as described in the preceding
paragraphs. In addition, the 1.0-kc reference oscillator also
provides the means for detecting and determining the extent of
net changes in record and playback tape speeds. These purposes
are discussed in the following paragraphs.
1-83. Any one of the five oscillators may be turned on and off at
specific times (the 1-kc oscillator may be keyed for zero or
partial output) corresponding to a specific time of the day and,
or, some specific event. In this way, an indication of the specific
time during which specific information was recorded is provided.
For example, assume that at 14:05 o'clock the 2. 3-kc oscillator
is keyed on for a few seconds and then keyed off. When the play-
back of this 2. 3-kc oscillator signal occurs, a time piece could
be set at 14:05 o'clock and all signals occurring thereafter would
have been recorded at the time indicated by the time piece.
This, of course, assumes that record and playback speeds are
constant and that any variations which might occur in these
speeds could be detected and measured. (The example given
above does not necessarily represent the actual method used.
The example is given merely to explain what is meant by "time
reference".)
1-84. In order to insure that tape-speed variations (which might
occur due to faulty operation of the tape-speed regulating circuits)
do not result in false indications of the time during which radar
signals were recorded, one of the five oscillators mentioned
above is a highly stable 1.0-kc, crystal-controlled oscillator
whose chief purpose is to provide an indication of the extent
of variations in tape speed. This oscillator is a highly stable,
crystal-controlled, transistor oscillator. While this oscillator
could be used for the same purpose as the other four oscillators
(conventional Wien Bridge oscillators), its chief purpose is to
provide a stable frequency standard by means of which net vari-
ations of tape speed, occurring during recording and during play-
back, may be determined and measured. That is, since the fre-
Revised: SECRET
ApproktelatiVikeeie5a6 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of.which in any manner to ,an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/0tfiltDP75B00300R000100100001-1
quency of oscillation of the crystal-controlled transistor oscillator
is known, and is highly stable, any variations in the frequency of
the playback of this oscillator output can be attributed to the net
effect of variations in recording and playback speed. This net
shift can be measured and the result of the measurement used to
calculate the net variation in recording and playback speed. In
this way, the time during which specific prf and amplitude infor-
mation was recorded may be accurately determined even if wide
net variations in record and playback speeds do occur. (The
effect of playback speed on recorded frequencies are commonly
observed when, for example, a commercial disk recorded at 45
rpm is accidentally played back at 78 rpm. When this happens,
recorded sounds play back at much higher frequencies than their
original recorded values with the result that the playback sounds
high-pitched, or "tinny", as well as sounding accelerated.)
Further, since this signal derived from the 1.0-kc oscillator is
?recorded on a track parallel to the track on which the radar sig-
nals are recorded, the number of cycles of this signal recorded
between radar pips gives indication of the time between pips, or
the pulse-repetition frequency of the radar pips.
1-85. In addition to the circuits and mechanisms necessary,for
recording the outputs of the right- and left-side information ampli-
fiers, and for recording the signals generated by,the five oscilla-
tors, the information recorder includes a transistor bias and erase
oscillator for supplying a bias signal to the record head; a tran-
sistor erase-signal source for supplying erase current to the erase
head; a three-track playback head; and three playback amplifiers '
(one for each of the three tracks) whose outputs may be coupled
to a ground-based cathode-ray oscilloscope for visual observation,
or coupled to a ground-based recorder for re-recording. Details
of these circuits and mechanisms are discussed in the following
paragraphs.
27
SCT
PA111 IA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
ArAllisWiLEPirfoRMAPAR.;.9?.i2.4 0; f. units tales within tho meaning of tit* Esplon age Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or rovolation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibltod by low.
Approved For Release 2000/gitfilifP75B00300R000100100001-1
1-86, DETAIL DESCRIPTION OF. THE INFORMATION RECORDER.
? See fig-ure 1-13.
1-87. THE WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATORS.
1-88. The 1, 3-kc oscillator, the 1. 7-kc oscillator, the 2. 3-kc
oscillator and the 3. 0-kc oscillator circuits are identical except
for the R-C feedback network which determines their frequency
of oscillation, These oscillator circuits include the two halves
of the oscillator circuit, and an amplifier signal-output stage.
(This type of oscillator is given the name Wien Bridge, because
the two R-C feedback circuits which it uses are the same as the
R-C circuits used in an a-c measuring circuit known as the Wien
Bridge.)
1-89. The basic condition necessary to develop oscillations in a
vacuum-tube circuit is that a voltage be fed back (from an ampli-
fying and phase inverting circuit) to the grid of a tube in-phase
with the initial voltage at this point. Generally speaking, the
feedback network selected to perform this function is a frequency
discriminating network (one which does not offer the same imped-
ance to all frequencies) designed so that maximum feedback, and
zero phase shift occur at the frequency at which oscillations are
desired. If we consider the 3. 0-kc oscillator as an example, we
see that any random signal which develops at the grid of V701B
is amplified and inverted (phase-shifted through 180 degrees) by
this tube. The amplified and inverted signal is then coupled
through C704 to the grid of V701A. This stage again amplifies
and inverts the signal (phase-shifts it through an additional 180
degrees) so that the signal which develops at its plate is phase-
shifted a total of 360 degrees. In other words, the signal developed
at the plate of V701A is in phase with the original random signal
disturbance at the grid of V701B. The signal developed at the plate
of V701A is coupled back to the grid of V701B through C703 and the
network consisting of R702, C701, R701 and C702. This network
28
SEEIET
Approved For Release 2000/05/2C3 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 20315dint-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
is a frequency discriminating network and, as indicated in fig-
ure 1-14a, the largest fraction (about 1/3) of the voltage developed
at the plate of V701B will be fed back at a frequency fo, where
1
fo = 27t,RC.
The R and C in this equation are the values of R702 and C701.
In addition, the feedback network produces zero Phase shift at
this same f frequency, so that there is the greatest tendency
for the circuit to oscillate at the frequency fo. The R and C of
the equation above are different for each of the four Wien Bridge
?
oscillators, and each combination of this R and C is such as to
produce oscillations at the frequency desired.
1-90. Figure 1-14a also indicates that fo is not sharply defined
and that the 'frequency of oscillations could shift about the point
fo. In order to reduce the frequency range over which oscilla-
tions might possibly occur, signal developed at the plate of V701A
Is also fed back to the cathode of V701B through C703, R705 and
R706. In this case, the feedback network is not frequency dis-
criminating since C703 presents practically the same impedance
to all frequencies in the range of interest. This means that the
same fraction of voltages at all frequencies in the range of inter-
est (a few hundred cycles either side of fo) are fed back to the
cathode of V701B. (See figure 1-14c.) While the voltage fed back
from the plate of V701A to the grid of V701B is a positive feed-
back voltage, the voltage fed back to the cathode of V701B from
the same point is a negative feedback voltage, because the voltage
Led back to the cathode subtracts from the voltage fed back to the
grid. This causes the voltage fed back to be above cutoff for only
a narrow range of frequencies around 10 (see figure 1-14d). In
this way the range over which oscillation can occur is greatly
limited.
29
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
II, U.S.C., Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECREFP75600300R000100100001-1
1-91. Amplification of the signals generated by the Wien Bridge
oscillators is provided by one stage of audio amplification for each
oscillator (V702B, V704A, V702A and V704B). These four one
stage amplifiers are identical resistive plate-load audio amplifiers
with unbypassed cathode resistors to provide inverse feedback and
thereby to reduce amplitude (non-linear) distortion.
1-92. THE 1.0-KC REFERENCE OSCILLATOR.
1-93. The 1.0-kc reference oscillator is a highly stable (F_ 0.02%)
crystal-controlled transistor oscillator whose chief purpose is to
provide a stable frequency reference by means of which variations
in tape speed may be detected and their magnitude determined.
1-94. As in vacuum-tube oscillator circuits, transistor oscilla-
tor circuits provide for amplifying the oscillator signal, shifting
its phase through 360 degrees, and feeding the resulting signal
back from the output to the input in phase with the original signal.
As in vacuum tube circuits also, the signal fed back must be of
sufficient amplitude to sustain oscillations. Transistors Q701
and Q702 provide the signal amplification and phase inversion
required, while crystal Y701 inserted in the feedback connection
proclitces the frequency stability required. Transistor Q703
provides oscillator signal-output amplification.
1-95. The transistors used in this circuit are NPN-type
transistors connected in a common-emitter circuit arrangement.
When a signal is applied between base and ground of Q701, electron
flow away from the base increases with an increase in signal voltage
amplitude. Transistor action causes electron flow away from the
collector and through R774 to increase accordingly. The signal
voltage developed across R774 as a result of this current change
is therefore 180 degrees out of phase with the signal voltage origi-
SER
Approved For Release 2000/05/2C3 : CIA-RET
DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECRET'P75B00300R000100100001-1
nally applied at the base. Transistor Q702 again inverts the signal
voltage developed across R774, with the result that the signal voltage
developed across coil L705 is in phase with the signal originally
applied at the base. This signal is applied to Y701 and causes it to
vibrate and generate a signal at the 1.0-kc frequency for which it
was cut.
1-96. The circuit constants of the oscillator are such that the
transistors are driven from cutoff to saturation on the positive
and negative halves of each cycle so that a square wave at 1.0 kc
is generated. The parallel resonant circuit consisting of L705,
C732 and C733, however, reduces the gain of the second stage of
the transistor oscillator to negligible values for all sine-wave
frequency components of the square wave but the 1. 0-kc fundamental
sine-wave frequency component to which the parallel resonant
circuit is tuned.
1-97. The resistor R778 is in series with the comparatively low
input impedance of Q703 to prevent the input impedance of Q703
from loading the oscillator and stopping oscillations.
1-97A.. The output of the 1. 0-kc oscillator is connected through pin A
of J703 to pin D of J702, and is also connected through pin A of J703
and R786 to pin U of J7020 When pin D of J702 is keyed to ground the
output of the 1.0-kc oscillator is keyed off completely, and when
pin Ti of J702 is keyed to ground the output of the 1.0-kc oscillator
is decreased approximately 8 db.
1-98. THE 20, 5-KC BIAS-AND-ERASE OSCILLATOR AND ERASE-
SIGNA.L SOURCE.
1-99. The purpose of the 20.5-kc 'bias-and-erase oscillator is to
generate the alternating-current signal required to bias the tracks
1, 2 and 3 heads of the record head and to erase magnetic-tape
residual noise before the tape passes on to the record head. Alter-
nating current is supplied to the erase head through erase-signal
source, Q706,
1-100, Basically, the 20. 5-kc bias-and-erase oscillator consists
of a resonant circuit (L703, C744 and C745) and a common-
emitter transistor amplifier circuit (Q705) to provide the necessary
Revised:
Apprdvbd1P-CeRelgeitse 2000?gigIMP75B00300R000100100001-1 31
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/MdfDP75600300R000100100001-1
360 degrees phase inversion and positive feedback required to
sustain oscillations in the resonant circuit.
1-101. The resonant frequency signal developed at the junction
of C744 and C745 is applied to the emitter of Q705 and causes
electron flow through L703 in such a phase as to sustain oscilla-
tions in the resonant circuit.
1-102. A low-impedance oscillator-signal output is provided
by Q704. A low-pass filter network consisting of L701, C740
and C741 is inserted at the output of this transistor amplifier to
help eliminate sine-wave distortion due to high-frequency har-
monics. inductance L702 is included in the emitter circuit of
Q704 to provide a high-impedance alternating-current circuit
across which large alternating-current signals can develop; and
at the same time, across which negligible direct-current potential
drop can occur.
1-103. The sine-wave output from the low-pass filter circuit is
applied to the erase head through C749 and Q706 and to the record
heads for tracks 1, 2 and 3 through a series resistor and capaci-
tor. Capacitors are included in the circuits coupling to these
heads in order to block the d-c component of the bias and erase
signal. To reduce loading of the bias-and-erase oscillator by the
record heads, R797, R799 and R801 are inserted in series with
the coils of these heads. Resistors R798# R803 and R805 are in-
cluded in the ground return of the record heads to provide an im-
pedance across which a voltage proportional to the current through
the heads can develop, Measurement of this voltage therefore
gives indication of the current through the heads.
1-104. ERASE HEAD.
1-105. The basic structure of the erase head is schematically
indicated in figure 1-13. This type of head structure is commonly
referred to as a ring head, The gap between the poles of the erase
head is of sufficient length so that tracks 1, 2 and 3 of the m.agnetic
32
SECRET
ORE?.
vecl For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
con aim information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaninp of the Espionage Law,, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/NaltrP75B00300R000100100001-1
tape (the entire tape) are subjected to the magnetic field generated
in the gap by the alternating erase current.
1-106. The tape passes across the erase head first as it moves
from the supply reel to the takeup reel. The purpose of the erase
head is to remove any magnetization which might have been induced
on the tape from 'stray magnetic fields. This erase process is
necessary because the magnetization induced by stray fields would
play back with the recorded signals and obscure these signals.
This is another way of saying that the erase process provides an
improved signal-to-noise ratio for the played-back signals.
1-107. Although magnetic tapes can be erased by means of a
direct current, this method of erase leaves the tape strongly
magnetized in one direction and variations in the strength of this
magnetization constitute noise in themselves. Alternating-current
erasing on the other hand reduces magnetization to a value suffi-
ciently close to zero so that the noise due to the small residual
magnetization is negligible. Briefly, this method of erasing con-
sists of alternately driving the magnetization of the tape to satur-
ation first in one direction, then in the opposite direction. These
alternations are repeated many times as the tape passes through
the alternating magnetic field of the erase-head gap. The end re-
sult is that the residual magnetization of the tape is reduced to .a
value substantially close to zero.
1-108. A qualitative description (i. e., a word description) of
how and why .a-.c erase works is extremely complex, but the pro-
cess may be visualized in concrete terms by imagining a long tray
containing many small bar magnets whose orientation is not com-
pletely random so that varying magnetization exists along its
length. This varying magnetization is analogous to the residual
noise magnetization of the tape before a-c erase. Now, if the
tray is shifted alternately from right to left about a central position,
the orientation of the small magnets in the tray will become more
33
SECRET
AlMrdURFLE911,132,119,4.?Inneon9,19,,Plaii.:A14,7,139.17AP20.29,9,139PE9,3.9.,919.0s91-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the trantinistIon or revelation or which In any manner two on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000fitiairDP75600300R000100100001-1
and more random. After the tray has been shifted a number of
times, the orientation of the magnets will become more and more
random until finally, the varying magnetization which originally
existed along the length of the tray is reduced to a value very
close to zero. This is the effect which the alternating magnetic
field produced by the a-c erase current has on the small particles
of magnetic materials which make up the recording elements of
the tape.
1-109. RECORD HEAD.
1-110. The record head includes three separate ring-head struc-
tures PU702-A, PU702-B and PU702-C. Ring head P11702-A is
used to record the oscillator, signals on track 1 of the magnetic
tape; ring head PU702-B is used to record the signal output of the
left-side information amplifier on track 2 of the magnetic tape;
and ring head PU702-C is used to record the signal output of the
right-side information amplifier on track 3 of the magnetic tape.
1-111. The transfer characteristic of a magnetic recording medium
describes the manner in which the magnetization of the medium
changes with signal. A typical transfer-characteristic curve of
magnetic recording tape is shown in figure 1-15. This curve indi-
cates that the magnetization remaining on the tape (remanent flux)
after it has passed the recording head does not change in proportion
to the magnetizing current. This means that in the absence of a
method for straightening the curve, the signal stored on the tape
In the form of a magnetic field will be a poor duplication of the
signal current applied to the coil of the recording head.
1-112. Alternating-current biasing of the three ring heads of the
recording head causes the transfer characteristic of the magnetic
tape to become more linear, in a manner indicated by the dotted
line curve of figure 1-15. This method of a-c biasing, or of mixing
a high-frequency magnetizing field with the comparatively low-
34
SE
Approved For Release 200 CR0/05/23 : 1A-T
RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of The United States within Oho meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
frequency field of the signal current, has been investigated by many
specialists in the field of magnetic phenomena and several explana-
tions have been suggested. All are very complex and these will not '
be repeated here. Suffice it to say, however, that the magnetic
field produced on the tape by the signal current is much more nearly
proportional to the signal current when a-c biasing is used.
1-113. While d-c biasing may also be used to make the transfer
characteristic of the recording medium more linear, this method
has the disadvantage of reducing the signal-to-noise ratio of the re-
cording as discussed in paragraph 1-107, above.
1-114. PLAYBACK HEAD.
1-115. The playback head of the information recorder includes
three ring heads, P13703-A, P13703-B and PU703-C. As the tape
moves past the separate ring gaps of these ring heads, ring head.
PU703-A generates an electrical signal corresponding to the mag-
netic field stored on track 1 of the magnetic tape; ring head PU703-B
generates an electrical signal corresponding to the magnetic field
stored on track 2 of the magnetic tape; and ring head P13703-C gen-
erates an electrical signal which corresponds to the magnetic field
stored on track 3 of the magnetic tape.
1-116. In the recording process, the ring gap width of the re-
cording ring heads has comparatively small 'effect on the linear
conversion of electrical energy to the magnetic energy stored on
the tape during the recording process. This is true because the
recording process occurs at the trailing edge of the recording ring-
head gaps. It is the definition of this edge rather than the gap
width which is of primary importance in the recording process.
In the playback process, however, the gap width of the playback
head limits the high-frequency response of the signal which plays
back. The effect of gap width on the shape of the signal played
back is discussed below.
35
pcuxApproved For Release 200045 : - DP75600300R000100100001-1
Thi, document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stoles within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
IS. U.S.C., Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SCT
1-117. In the case of the playback of the pure sine-wave oscillator
signals recorded on track 1, playback produces an accurate repro-
duction of the recorded sine-wave shape. This is because the volt-
age induced in a playback head is proportional to the rate of change
of flux coupling through the playback head as the tape passes the
gap. In the case of a sine-wave playback, this rate of change is
sinusoidal, and the voltage induced on the playback head is therefore
also sinusoidal. In the case of the playback of the 150-microsecond
pulses recorded on tracks 2 and 3, however, the shape of the signal
played back is a highly distorted version of the pulses actually re-
corded on tracks 2 and 3. This is because the rate of change of
flux, in the case of playback of a square wave, does not describe
a square wave identical to the recorded square wave. Although the
shape of the playback signal is distorted in these cases, the ampli-
tude and prf of the recorded pulses is well preserved, and since
we are not interested in the accurate reproduction of these pulses,
but rather in the preservation of the prf and amplitude information
which they contain, pulse shape distortion is of no consequence.
1-118. EFFECTS OF THE PLAYBACK-HEAD GAP ON PULSE
PLAYBACK.
1-119. The length of the playback-head gap largely determines
the magnetomotive force which cuts through the playback head
from the recording tape. When the length of tape over which one
of the frequency components of the signal is recorded is equal to
the playback-head gap width, both edges of the playback-head gap
are riding on points of equal magnetomotive potential, and as a;
consequence, no magnetomotive force is generated for this fre-
quency. This is true for all frequencies for which the gap width
is an integral multiple of the recorded wavelength (i. e., the length
of tape over which one cycle is recorded). The function which
describes the playback losses in decibles (gap losses), due to these
factors, can be expressed in terms of the length of the playback-
head gap and the wavelength of the frequency components of the
36
megirmne
Approved For Release 2000/0?frentikbP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
input pulse, thus,
IGap Loss = -20 Log Sine 'Tr I w 6/6/X.K
where 6 playback-head gap length
X = recorded wavelength
1-120. Figure 1-16a shows the frequency response of an ideal
playback head" of gap length 6. Without the gap losses described
by the equation above and its associated plot, the voltage output
of an ideal playback head would rise in a linear fashion with fre-
quency (i.e., inversely with wavelength). As shown in figure 1-16b,
this type of response rises in a straight line at a rate of 6 db per
octave. When the theoretical gap loss curve is subtracted from the
ideal straight-line characteristic, the curve of figure 1-16c is ob-
tained. Although this curve is highly idealized, its shape is
approached by the shape of the frequency response curves of actual
playback heads. For example, the curve of figure 1-16c shows
the straight-line segment at the lower frequencies where wave-
lengths are appreciably greater than the length of the playback-
head gap; the curve shows the turnover, or fall in frequency re-
sponse, as the frequencies increase and wavelengths approach the
length of the playback-head gap; and the curve shows the null points
which occur at all frequencies whose wavelengths are integral multi-
ples of the gap lengths.
1-121. The effect of playback-head frequency discrimination on
the shape of the pulse output is shown graphically in figure 1-17.
In this figure, the length of the pulse to be reproduced, the gap
length and the resulting output of the playback head are directly
related. Since the tape speed is 2.25 inches per second, and the
recorded-pulse duration is 150 microseconds, the pulse signals
from the right- and left-side information amplifiers are recorded
over 0.3 X 10-3 inches of tape. As the section of tape over which
the pulse has been recorded enters the playback-head gap, the
flux density within the gap, and therefore the flux coupling through
37
Approved For Release 2000414PITDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espi Laws, Tftle
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any m to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
the playback head, rises in a linear fashion. This linear rise
continues until the length of tape over which the pulse is recorded
spans the gap. At this point, the flux density within the gap can
no longer increase, and the flux curve of figure 1-17 flattens Out.
The flux curve remains flat until the trailing edge of the pulse
enters the gap. ,At this time the flux density within the gap de-
creases, because the length of tape over which the pulse was re-
corded is leaving the gap, and now the flux coupling through the
playback head decreases in a linear fashion. Since the voltage
Induced on the playback head is proportional to the rate of change
of flux, the voltage induced on the playback head ideally has the
waveshape indicated in figure 1-17. Actually, however, because
of the frequency distortion effects described earlier, the play-
back-head output takes the general form shown in the referenced
figure.
1-122. PLAYBACK AMPLIFIERS FOR TRACK 1, TRACK 2,
AND TRACK 3. The playback amplifiers for track 1, track 2,
and track 3 receive the signal outputs of the three separate ring
heads (PU703-A, PU703-B, PU703-C) of playback head PU703,
amplify these signals and provide cathode-follower, low-impedance
coupling to the re-record or signal-display equipment. These
amplifiers consist of conventional R-C coupled stages whose band-
pass characteristics are sufficiently broad to preserve the de-
sired amplitude and pri information. (A plot of prf versus play-
back amplitude is shown in figure 1-18.) Filter network C755,
R815, C754 and R816 is included to reduce the ripple component
of the d-c supply voltage and to provide decoupling. This circuit
is arranged so that extra filtering and decoupling is provided for
the first two stages of the playback amplifiers where the signal
is at a comparatively low level.
1-123. MECHANISMS AND TAPE-SPEED CONTROL CIRCUITS
OF THE INFORMATION RECORDER.
1-124. The mechanisms and tape-speed control circuits of the
38
Approved For Release 2000/0g2QPRIP751300300R000100100001-1
TMs document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, TIlle
113? U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
information recorder are block diagrammed in figure 1-12. De-
tails of the tape-speed control circuits are shown in figure 1-13,
1-125. The purpose of the mechanisms and tape-speed control
circuits of the information recorder is to transport the magnetic
recording tape at a regulated speed of 2.25 inches per second,
from the supply reel, past the erase head, the record head and
the playback head, and thence to the takeup reel.
1-126. In order for the tape speed to remain at a constant value,
it is necessary for the speed of the supply-reel drive motor to in-
crease as the tape reels out. Simultaneously, it is necessary for
the speed of the takeup-reel drive motor to decrease as it takes.
up the magnetic tape. This regulated change of drive-motor speeds
is necessary because as the supply reel lets out tape, the diameter
of the tape remaining on the reel decreases, while the diameter of
the tape on the takeup reel increases as the takeup reel takes up
the tape. If the drive-motor speeds were constant and not regu-
lated to a suitable rate of change accordingly, the supply reel would
reel out less and less tape for each revolution of the supply-reel
drive motor, while the takeup reel would take up more and more
tape for each revolution of the takeup-reel drive motor, Obviously,
this speed relationship would cause the magnetic tape to snap.
1-127. In addition to regulating the speed of the drive motors so
that their speed changes at a suitable rate, the capstan-drive
motor must be regulated to a fixed speed suited to the desired
tape speed. The .governed capstan-drive motor pulls the magnetic
tape away from the supply reel, while the takeup reel reels up the
tape at the constant speed desired. As indicated in figure 1-13,
this type of motor (i. e., a governed motor) includes a switch
which opens when the speed of the motor increases above the de-
sired regulated speed and closes when the speed of the motor de-
creases below the desired regulated speed. When the governor
switch opens, R832 is inserted in series with the armature of the
39
Approved For Release 20005K. - DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET ?
governed capstan-drive motor. This reduces the armature current
and the motor slows down. When the governor switch closest R832
is shorted out, the armature current increases and the motor speeds
up. This action tends to keep the capstan-drive motor speed, and
therefore the tape speed, within close limits.
1-128. If the speed of the supply-reel drive motor and the takeup-
reel drive motor are not suited to the desired constant tape speeds
the force exerted by the tape on the tape-speed control arms causes
the arms to move in such a direction as to increase or decrease
the motor speeds as required.
1-129. It should be noted that the force exerted on the control arm
of the supply-reel drive-motor speed control is such as to decrease
the resistance in series with the supply-reel drive-motor armature
as the supply reel gives up tape. Correspondingly, the force exerted
on the control arm of the takeup-reel drive-motor speed control is
such as to increase the resistance in series with the armature of
the takeup-reel drive motor. These changes simultaneously speed
up the supply-reel drive motor and slow down the takeup-reel
drive motor at a rate suited to the speed at which the governed
capstan-drive motor pulls the tape away from the supply reel.
1-130. The tape-length capacity of the supply reel and the take-
up reel is about 6500 feet. This means recordings may be made
continuously for a period of about 9. 6 hours.
1-131. The over-all gear ratio of the tape supply and tape take-
up mechanisms, from worm gears to reel gears is 1626 to one.
This means that 1626 revolutions of the worm gears produce one
revolution of the reel gears. As the reels let out and take up
magnetic tape, the tape-speed control circuits change the motor
speeds between 5,000 and 15,000 revolutions per minute, while
the governed capstan-drive motor is regulated to a constant speed
of 5500 revolutions per minute. The spring-coupled shaft and fly-
wheel arrangement schematically represented in figure 1-12, are
40
Approved For Release 2000AggcaZDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
used to filter out the high-frequency variations of shaft speed
due to governor action. Line filters Z701, Z702 and Z703 are
included to prevent electrical noise generated by the motor from
coupling into other circuits of the System.
SECRET
APPTQUO Egrs Bobleaect2P,Q0b1115/2,1n;e lAtiRDEIT5B0033,120R001113004 00001-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECRE1bP75B00300R000100100001-1
1-132. VIBRATOR DC SUPPLY. - See figure 1-19.
1 133. GENERAL.
1-134. The vibrator d-c supply receives 28 volts from the air-
craft d-c generator and delivers plus 220 volts and plus 110 volts
to the two information-amplifier channels, and plus 220 volts to
the information recorder. The vibrator d-c supply consists of
four functional elements. These are the vibrator G401, the power
transformer T401, the rectifier circuit (CR401, CR402, CR403,
CR404) and the filter circuit. Vibrator G401 converts 28 volts dc
to an alternating potential so that a voltage step-up through power
transformer T401 is possible. The secondary of the power trans-
former is connected across the rectifier circuit in such a way
that the stepped-up alternating voltage developed across the secon-
dary causes a current to flow through the rectifier circuit and
into the filter circuit in one direction only. Thus, these func-
tional elements convert 28 volts dc to ac, step up the ac, rectify
the ac and filter the resultant to produce plus 220 volts and plus
110 volts at the output of the filter circuit. A. detail description
of the operation of the functional elements of the vibrator d-c
supply is given in the following paragraphs.
1-135. VIBRATOR.
1-136. When 28 volts dc is connected at J40/, the vibrator reed
is alternately attracted to one pole of a permanent magnet, and
then to the opposite pole of the permanent magnet. As the reed
vibrates -in this way, it alternately connects minus 28 volts to one
end of the power transformer, then to the opposite end of the power
transformer. If the initial position of the reed is as indicated in
figure 1-19, then initially minus 28 volts will be applied to terminal
1 of T401, while plus 28 volts is' permanently connected to the
center tap of T401. As the current through one half of the primary
rises toward the maximum value (determined by the d-c resistance
of this part of the primary and the voltage applied), the changing
SECRET
APPIRY.9conFa itri n Ror9.1.9q?q
?P09195/Ue oPhellSRP7w?hP1 0019?3?9199Pl r?
ciltg"
,ecin e cets nieas emeanigo1 espionage ,
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/gi24i&DP75B00300R000100100001-1
magnetic field associated with the current rise induces a voltage
across the other half of the primary by auto-transformer action.
The phase of this voltage is such that the potential across the
entire primary (between terminals 1 and 3) will be about twice
the original voltage applied to half the primary. As indicated in
figure 1-19, this voltage is connected across the vibrator coil
and causes a current to flow which magnetically polarizes the
vibrator reed in such a way that it is attracted to the opposite
pole of the permanent magnet (before the current through this
half of the primary reaches its maximum value). When this hap-
pens, minus 28 volts is connected to the opposite end (terminal
3) of T401 so that the voltage induced between terminals 1 and 3
is opposite in polarity to what it was originally. The magnetic
polarity of the vibrator reed therefore reverses so that it is
attracted back to the opposite pole of the permanent magnet (its
original position) and the cycle described above repeats. This
cycle occurs about 400 times per second as determined by the
mechanical resonant frequency of the vibrator reed.
1-137. Buffer capacitor C401, connected across the contacts
of vibrator G401 and across the primary of T401, serves two
purposes. First, C401 serves to short circuit the high potential
which develops across the primary of T401 while the reed moves
between vibrator contacts 6 and 4; and second, C401 stores a
charge and supplies current to T401 during this interval. During
the time the reed is moving between contacts, the magnetic field
which had been building up when the reed was making contact,
collapses very rapidly. This induces a large voltage which would
arc across the contacts if C401 were not inserted. The value
of capacitors used in this function are generally chosen so as to
resonate with the inductance which they parallel (in this case the
primary of the power transformer and the vibrator coil).
43
Approved For Release 20005KRKEDP75B00300R000100100001-1
this document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, TM.
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECREEDP75B00300R000100100001-1
1-138. If, for example, C401 should become open-circuited, the
only discharge path for the high potential would be between vibrator
contacts 4 and 6. These contacts would quickly burn under these
conditions and cause the reed to stick in one position. Should this
happen, the d-c current through one half of the T401 primary
would be limited only by the dc resistance of this part of the pri-
mary winding and the resulting current could burn out the power
transformer.
1-139. Capacitor C407 and C408 are included to reduce the high
frequency components of the voltage which develops across the
primary of the power transformer. Inductance L401 is included
to decouple the ac voltages developed in the vibrator circuit
from the 28-volts d-c line.
1-140. POWER TRANSFORMER, RECTIFIER AND FILTER
CIRCUIT. Vibrator action at the primary of power transformer
T401 provides a stepped-up alternating potential of about 350
volts (peak) between terminals 4 and 6 of its secondary. When
the potential developed across the secondary of T401 is such that
terminal 4 is negative, with respect to terminal 6, then electrons
move from terminal 4 to terminal 6 through any uninterrupted
circuit path available. When the polarity at the secondary of
T401 reverses, electrons move from terminal 6 to terminal 4
through any uninterrupted circuit path available. If we tempor-
arily omit the connection between the center tap (terminal 5) of
T401 and the junction of C402 and C403, and if we trace the unin-
terrupted electron paths for both polarity conditions at the second-
ary, we will find that the four rectifiers of the rectifier circuit
are arranged in the form of a standard bridge-rectifier circuit for
the plus 220-volts supply. Filtering for this supply is provided
by the combined capacitance of C402 and C403. Now, if we con-
sider the connection between the center tap of T401 and the junction
of C402 and C403, we will see that CR401 and CR403 are arranged
SECRET
ApprP..Y.tcic.,9nr RCRO?R,gclOQ/012,3?; CI,AuRCIPtZ5B,C10300ROCUllaGictopo.1 -1
18, Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to art unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
in the form of a standard full- wave rectifier circuit for the plus
110-volts supply (drawn in with heavy lines on schematic figure
1-19). Filtering for the plus 110-volts supply is provided by
C402 which is shared in common with the plus 220-volts filter
circuit. It will also be noted that the plus 110-volts supply oper-
ates independently of CR402, CR404, C403 and R404 (parts used
in the plus 220-volts supply).
1-141. Resistors R401 and R402 are inserted in series with the
rectifier circuit to limit the peak current surges through the cir-
cuit when power is first applied to the vibrator d-c supply.
1-142. Large capacitors have a large inductive reactance at
high frequencies due to the fact that they have a roll, or coil con-
struction. Capacitors C405 and C406 parallel the large filter
capacitors (C402 and C403) of the vibrator dc supply in order to
reduce the inductive effect of these large capacitors.
SECRET
ARP TY?P,F1, F.9,T.
information
1?Rir?QPPig?a21!; PtIA-11P,P7ABQQ3,410RADQ3D0410,0001 -1
18, Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECIET
1-143. TEST SET,
1-144. PURPOSE OF THE TEST SET. The test set is used to
check the performance and aid in the maintenance of the Airborne
Radar-Monitoring System. The test set is shown in figure 1-3,
1-145. BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST SET.
As shown in the block diagram (figure 1-20), the test set
includes signal-generating circuits, metering circuits, and a
commercial oscilloscope. The S-band and X-band outputs are
fed to horn radiators when testing or adjusting the airborne
equipment of the System. A video test probe is used with the
oscilloscope when observing waveforms in the equipment under
test. The horn radiators, probe, and other test-set accessories,
are listed in table 1-1.
1-146. In addition to the S-band and X-band outputs, which
simulate signals normally encountered during actual application
of the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System, other test outputs are
provided to simulate the signals which appear at points intermediate
in the System. Figure 1-21 shows wave shapes and time relationships
of test-set signals. The circuits represented by the blocks in
figure 1-20 are correspondingly identified on the detailed schematic
diagrams, figures 1-22A and 1-2213.
1-147. Test signals appear at the following output jacks:
a. VID. TEST SIG. The video test signal is a pulse train
whose repetition rate may be set at 350, 500, 1000, 1500, or
3000 pps. Pulse rise time is 0.15 microseconds. The output
amplitude of the video test signal is approximately 60 millivolts,
The video test signal may be coupled into the Airborne Radar-
Monitoring System's information amplifier to simulate the output
of the crystal detector.
b. S-BAND AND X-BAND OUTPUT. Either pulse-modulated
or continuous-wave S-band or X-band signals may be selected.
Repetition rates of 350, 500, 1000, 1500, or 3000 pps are available.
Power output level may be varied approximately 18 db,
Revised:
Approv4dTeetEReileath2000/0SECEMP751300300R000100100001-146
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unmatlinrivarl narann I. L.. I....
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
c. RECDR. TEST SIG. The recorder test signal is a clipped
sine wave derived from an over-driven amplifier. The frequency
of the recorder test signal may be set at 350, 500, 1000, 1500,or
3000 cps. This signal will cause sufficient current flow in the
recording head to simulate the maximum recording level.
d. CAL. OUT. The commercial oscilloscope contains a
calibration signal source as described in the manufacturer's
instruction manual, This signal source provides a standard for
calibrating the cathode-ray oscilloscope as a voltage-measuring
instrument.
1-14$. The test set includes the following metering devices:
a. S-Band Wavemeter and X-Band Wavemeter. These meters
are provided to measure and check the frequency of the S-band and
X-band output signals.
b. Temperature-Compensated Thermistor Bridge, The
temperature-compensated thermistor bridge, in conjunction with
the R-F WATTS meter, provides a means for checking the continuous-
wave r-f power output of the S-band and X-band klystrons,
c. Oscilloscope, The commercial oscilloscope is provided
to display signals of the airborne and ground-based equipments,
1-149, The frequency ofthe Wein Bridge oscillator controls the
repetition rate of the test-set output signals described in
paragraph 1-147a, b, and c. Waveform 1 of figure 1-21 shows
the sine-wave output of the oscillator and its time relationship to
other waveforms generated in the test set.
1-150. The output of the Wein Bridge oscillator is coupled to the
over-driven amplifier, where the sine wave is amplified and
clipped as shown by waveform 2 of figure 1-21,
1-151. The output of the over-driven amplifier is applied to the
differentiating network where it is modified to produce the pulse
output illustrated by waveform 3. This pulse output initiates the
Revised:
Approvea rorlkgrea6 2000Sfig
20 Seute
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
47
TDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
generation of a negative trigger pulse by the thyratron trigger
generator and amplifier. The negative trigger-pulse output is
indicated by waveform 4.
1-152. The output of the thyratron trigger generator triggers
the klystron modulator. The klystron modulator is a one-shot
multivibrator, whose period may be varied (by means of a chassis-
mounted potentiometer) between 0. 5 and 5, 0 microseconds. The
output of the multivibrator (waveform 5) is applied to the 2K41
and 2K39 klystron repellers, controlling the repetition rate and
auration of the pulsed r-f energy generated by the klystrons. The
output of each klystron (waveform 6) passes through waveguide
and attenuator assemblies to the S-BAND OUT or X-BAND OUT
jacks mounted on the front panel of the test set. The outputs are
coupled through a coaxial cable to either S-band or X-band horns.
1-153. The power level of the S-band and X-band signals-may
be measured by means of the temperature-compensated thermistor
bridge. The power measurement is performed`by connecting the
PWR, MON. jack to either the S-BAND OUT jack or the X-BAND
OUT jack through a coaxial cable.
1-154. DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST SET.
See figures 1-22A and 1-22B.
1-155, WEIN, BRIDGE OSCILLATOR.
1-156, The Wein Bridge oscillator, shown schematically in
figure 1-22B, generates the basic timing signal which determines
the repetition rate of the pulsed X-band and S-band outputs. The
output of V601 is coupled through C616 to the grid of V602. An
in-phase voltage of correct magnitude is fed back Iron-i the output
of V602 to the input of V601. REPETITION RATE switch S601
selects one of five pairs of capacitors which, together with
resistors R601 and R603, determine the frequency of oscillation.
These frequencies are 350, 500, 1000, 1500 and 3000 cps.
Revised:48
AppraeSCPPeAgreitb 2000SKREEDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
1-157. Lamp RT601, in combination with C617 and R604, provides
the inverse feed-back to V601 that makes the amplification and
phase shift of the oscillator partially independent of supply-voltage
and tube-characteristic changes. The output of the oscillator is
coupled through C618 and appears across R611.
1-158. Since the output of the Wein Bridge oscillator is a sine
wave, it is not suitable for direct application as a basic timing
signal. The details of the circuits used to modify this output, and
the details of the circuit which this output ultimately controls, are
discussed in the paragraphs which follow.
1-159. OVER-DRIVEN AMPLIFIER.
1-160, The peak of the positive half-cycle of the oscillator output
causes over-driven-amplifier V603A to draw grid current. When
grid current flows, the positive peak of the sine wave is dissipated
across series grid-resistor R612. As a result, the waveform at
the grid of V603A has its positive peaks limited, or clipped, and
the output waveform at the plate of V603A is clipped correspondingly.
1-161. The peak of the negative half-cycle of the oscillator output
drives V603A. to plate-current cut-off, thus limiting the output of
the stage for the corresponding portion of this half-cycle. The
resultant output waveform of the over-driven amplifier is an
amplified and clipped sine wave.
1-162. The a-c component of this output is coupled through C623
and appears across R617 and R618. Resistors R617 and R618
form a voltage divider to provide a signal which causes a peak-
to-peak current of one milliampere to flow through.a 2000-ohm
recording head. The signal appears at the RECDR, TEST SIG.
jack 3601.
1-163. DIFFERENTIATING NETWORK. The differentiating
networks formed by C626-R619 and C627-R621 modify the output
of the over-driven amplifier and produce a waveform (waveform 3)
Revised:
49
20 September 56.
Approved For Release 2000WIRIDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
suitable for driving thyratron-trigger-generator V604. Crystal
diodes CR601 and CR602 clip the negative pulse outputs of the
differentiating networks.
1-164, THYRATRON TRIGGER GENERATOR AND AMPLIFIER.
1-165. The thyratron trigger generator and amplifier generate
a negative trigger pulse which is supplied to the klystron modulator.
The negative trigger pulse appears at the plate of V603B.
1-166. The thyratron trigger generator is a relaxation oscillator.
The combination of grid bias and plate voltage applied to V604 is
such that V604 is normally nonconducting. During the time V604
is nonconducting, C628 is charged to the plate-supply voltage of
V604. When positive pulses (generated by differentiating the
output of the over-driven amplifier) are applied to the grid of
V604, the voltage at the grid of V604 is raised sufficiently to fire
the tube. When this occurs, C628 discharges through V604 and
R623, and the plate voltage of V604 falls rapidly to the level at
which V604 extinguishes, Resistors R621 and R623 limit the
grid-current and plate-current surge through V604 during the
discharge interval. When V604 extinguishes, the low-impedance
discharge path for the charge on C628 is open circuited and C628
recharges to the supply voltage. The charge remains fixed on
C628 until another trigger pulse is applied to the grid of V604.
At this time, the cycle described above is repeated. In-phase
feedback is applied from plate to cathode through R626 and C629
to maintain an adequate pulse amplitude.
1-167. The positive trigger pulse (which develops across R623
when V604 fires) is amplified and inverted by V603B, and is
coupled through C633 to the klystron-modulator circuit. Coil
L601, referred to as a "peaking coil", presents a high impedance
to the high-frequency components of the positive trigger, and is
included in the grid circuit of V603B to maintain the sharp leading
edge of the positive trigger. Coil L601 thus tends to compensate
Revised:
Apprc:lebePtirVIreke 2000
QaT 50
DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contoins information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
for grid-circuit high-frequency attenuation due to the input
capacitance of V603B.
1-168. KLYSTRON MODULATOR.
1-169. The klystron modulator receives the negative-trigger
output of V603B and generates a pulse whose duration may be
varied from 0.5 to 5.0 microseconds. This pulse is applied to
the S-band and X-band klystrons, and is used to modulate their
r-f output.
1-170. The klystron modulator is a one-shot multivibrator
circuit which includes V605A, normally conducting, and V605B,
normally nonconducting. The negative-trigger output of V603B
triggers the multivibrator and causes V605A to cut off and
V605B to conduct. The time required for each tube to return to
its initial condition is determined by the time required for the
charge on C636 to flow through R631, L602, and R632, When
C636 has discharged sufficiently, the grid of V605A is raised
above cut-off and the initial state of each tube is restored. This
one-shot-multivibrator action causes the generation of a positive
pulse at the plate of V605A and a corresponding negative pulse
at the plate of V605B. The duration of these pulses may be
adjusted by means of chassis-mounted-potentiometer R632.
Pulse durations of from 0.5 to 5.0 microseconds may be obtained.
1-171. The negative pulse generated at the plate of V605B is
used to control the operation of the S-band and X-band klystrons.
The pulse is applied to both the repellers of the 2K41 and 2K39
klystrons. The pulse also appears at VII). TEST SIG. jack J602.
When MODULATION switch S502 is in the CW position, the d-c
supply voltage is removed from tubes V601 through V605, and
continuous-wave output is obtained from the klystrons.
1-172. 21(41 AND 2K39 KLYSTRONS.
1-173. The reflex velocity-modulated klystrons, V519 and V518,
generate the S-band and X-band r-f outputs of the test set.
Revised: 51
20 September 56, MITA
Approved For Release 2000/5/XeMoRDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECEIET
OUTPUT switch S503 determines which klystron is in operation
by applying filament power to either klystron. The S-band and
X-band carrier frequencies are determined by the mechanical
adjustment of the appropriate klystron. For pulse operation
the S-band klystron is electrically tuned for maximum output-
pulse amplitude, as indicated on the oscilloscope, by adjustment
of R561. For continuous-wave operation the S-band klystron is
electrically tuned for maximum power output, as indicated by
the power meter, by adjustment of R562. Similarly, for pulse
operation the X-band klystron is electrically tuned by the
adjustment of R557, and for continuous-wave operation by the
adjustment of R558.
1-174. Assemblies W501 and W504, the S-band and X-band
waveguides, couple the output of the klystrons to the front-panel
coaxial jacks 3504, S-BAND OUT, and J503, X-BAND OUT.
These waveguides are indicated in the block diagram of figure
1-20, and include the S-band and X-band attenuators and
wavemeters. Jacks 3504 and J503 may be coupled to the respective
S-band and X-band test horns through coaxial cables supplied with
the test set.
1-175. S-BAND AND X-BAND WAVEMETERS,
1-176. The S-band wavemeter is a cavity resonating device
coupled into the S-band circular waveguide by means of a loop
forming a quarter-wavelength stub. The cavity is tuned by a
coaxial rod moving parallel to the cavity axis and driven by a
micrOmeter screw. Resonance of the cavity is indicated by a
reduction of power, as observed on M501 when J564 is coupled
to J502. A calibration curve, with which the micrometer reading
at resonance may be related to the output frequency, is supplied
with each test set.
1-177. The X-band wavemeter is a cavity resonating device
coupled to the narrow side of the X-band rectangular waveguide.
The wavemeter is tuned by a spring-loaded micrometer drive
Revised: 52
20 Saptember 56
Approved For Keiease'2000/A PRATDP751300300R000100100001-1
Thi, document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
18, Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SCT
screw which changes the resonance of the cavity. Resonance of
the cavity is indicated by a reduction of power, as observed on
M501 when J503 is coupled to J502. The resonant frequency of the
cavity is read directly from the drum-type frequency indicator.
1-178. S-BAND AND X-BAND ATTENUATORS. The central
element of the S-band and X-band attenuators consists of a vane
which is inserted into a slot in the respective S-band or X-band
waveguide. Insertion of the vanes is controlled by shafts which
extend through the front panel of the test set. Calibration markings
correspond to the position of the vanes, and a calibration chart is
provided to interpret the dial reading in terms of attenuation.
These controls are labeled S-BAND ATT. and X-BAND ATT.
Clockwise rotation of the control knob increases the amount of
attenuation by exposing a larger area of the vane to the electric
field within the wavegUide. The vane absorbs electrical energy
and dissipates it as heat, thereby limiting the energy delivered
to the output jack.
1-179. TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATED THERMISTOR BRIDGE.
1-180. The temperature-compensated thermistor bridge is used
to measure the power output of the S-band and X-band klystrons.
D-C power is applied to the bridge when MODULATION switch
S502A is in the CW position.
1-181. POWER ZERO SET R526 controls the d-c current through
the bridge elements, and is used to set M501 to zero with zero
power applied to J502. KLystron power is coupled through a coaxial
cable from either J504 or J503 to J502, thermistor RT502 changes
resistance and unbalances the bridge in proportion to the input
power, and M501 measures the degree of bridge unbalance,
Thermistor RT501 compensates for changes in bridge sensitivity
due to changes in ambient temperature. Thermistor RT503
compensates for those changes in total bridge current which are
due to ambient-temperature changes.
Revised: 53
20 Salzte
Approvea tioriggigaVe 2000?kc. RIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECLIET
1-182. LOW-VOLTAGE AND BIAS SUPPLIES.
1-183, The low-voltage and bias supplies include a full-wave
bridge rectifier, a positive half-wave rectifier, and a negative
half-wave rectifier. Each rectifier output is filtered and regulated.
1-184. The full-wave bridge rectifier consists of silicon-Junction-
diodes CR501, CR502, CR503, CR504, CR506, CR507, CR508,
and CR509. The output of this bridge is filtered by the pi-section
filter consisting of C501A, C501B, and L501. In turn, the output
of the filter is stabilized by the action of voltage-regulators V501
and V502. The filtered and regulated output serves as the 300-volt
and 145-volt supplies for V601 through V605.
1-185. The positive half-wave rectifier consists of silicon-junction-
diodes CR511 and CR512. The output of the rectifier is filtered
by the pi-section filter consisting of C506A, C506]3, and R521, and
is regulated by the action of voltage-regulator V503. The filtered
and regulated output is applied through POWER ZERO SET R526
to the temperature-compensated thermistor bridge.
1-186. The negative half-wave rectifier consists of silicon-
junction-diode CR513, whose output is filtered by the pi-section
filter consisting of C509, C511, and R528, and is regulated by the
action of V504. The filtered and regulated output serves as the
30-volt bias supply for V604 and V605B.
1-187. KLYSTRON POWER SUPPLY.
1-188. The klystron high-voltage supply is obtained by adding
the output of a full-wave rectifier to the output of a half-wave
rectifier, The positive output of the power supply is grounded,
and all output voltages are negative with respect to ground.
1-189. The output of full-wave-rectifier V506-V507 is filtered
by the pi-section filter consisting of C514, C516, and L502, The
output of the filter is regulated by the action of V508, V509, and
V511. Changes in output voltage level are amplifier by V50% and
Revised:
20 September 56.
Approved For Release 2000
54
:LIDIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows' Tilts
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
applied to the control grid of V508. An increase in output voltage
will cause the control grid of V508 to become more negative,
resulting in a decrease of current through V508 and, consequently,
a decrease in output voltage. An initial decrease in output voltage
will have an opposite effect, but with the same tendency to maintain
a nearly constant output. The cathode of V509 is maintained at a
constant voltage level with respect to the regulated output by the
action of V511. Variable-resistor R542 may be adjusted to set
the regulated output level. The output of half-wave rectifier V512
is filtered by capacitor C522, and is regulated by the action of
voltage-regulators V513, V514, V516, and V517.
1-190. The klystron power supply provides -1250 volts for the
2109 and 2K41 cathodes. The 2K39 grid is connected to the 2K39
cathode through L503, and the 2K41 grid is biased approximately
5-volts positive with respect to the 21(41 cathode. In addition,
the klystron power supply provides a regulated -1800 volt source
which is fed through adjustable taps. to the 21(41 or 21(39 repeller
for CW or PULSE operation. The klystron shells, which constitute
the beam electrodes, are grounded and are thus at the most positive
voltage level of the power supply,
1-191, PRIMARY POWER,
1-192. Thermal-relay K501, controlling the coil of K502, provides
a time delay to allow klystron-power-supply tube filaments to reach
operating temperature before plate voltage is applied. Pilot-lamp
DS501 lights when 115-volts ac is applied to the primaries of T501
and T502. The low-voltage and bias supplies and the klystron power
supply are protected by 3-ampere fuses, F501 and F502, respectively.
1-193. Input power for the commercial oscilloscope is obtained
through J501, the a-c power-input jack, and is controlled by a switch
mounted on the oscilloscope front panel,
(Next paragraph: 1-209.)
(Next page: 62.)
Revised: 55
20 September 56.
Approved For Release 200?APIIRDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SE.CRET
1-209, GROUND-BASED RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT.
1-210. GENERAL.
1-211. The ground-based re-record equipment is made up of
modified units of commercially available tape-recording
equipment. The units of the commercial tape-recording
equipment have been modified for use in re-recording the
information originally recorded by the Airborne Radar
Monitoring System.
1-212. The original recording equipment is described in
the accessory manual supplied with the ground-based
re-record equipment. Paragraphs 1-209 through 1-230 of
this instruction guide describe how and why the original equip-
ment has been modified. Operating instructions for the
modified equipment are included in Section II. (The modified
equipment is referred to as "re-record equipment" in this
Instruction guide.)
1-213. A complete re-record equipment (see figure 1-4)
Includes the following:
a. One low-speed tape-transport mechanism for playback
and one high-speed tape-transport mechanism for recording.
Each transport is mounted in an individual case, (The trans-
ports are referred to as "Mechanical Assemblies" in the
accessory manual.)
b. Three amplifier units, mounted in a single rack
(referred to as "Electronic Assemblies" in the accessory
manual),
c, Three power supplies, mounted in a single case.
62
Approved For Release 2000/0?AMTP751300300R000100100001-1
ThIs document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
10, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000gEkCiAirRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
A simplified block diagram of the re-record equipment is
shown in figure 1-23. (The individual units of the re-record
equipment are interconnected as shown in the interunit-
cabling diagram of figure 1-24.)
1-214. PURPOSE OF THE RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT. The.
original tape recording (made by the airborne equipment at
2.25 inches-per-second) is put in more usable form by the
ground-based re-record equipment. By re-recording the
original information at 7.5 inches-per-second on more
durable tape, the information can be played back repeatedly,
using a standard playback unit.
1-215. MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL TAPE
TRANSPORT TO PRODUCE THE LOW-SPEED
PLAYBACK TRANSPORT.
1-216. As shown in figure 1-23, the original data recording
is played back on the low-speed playback transport, is
amplified, and is re-recorded at 7.5 inches-per-second
using the high-speed record transport. The high-speed
record transport is an unmodified unit of the commercially
available tape-recording equipment described in the
accessory manual. The tape-transport control circuit is
shown in 'figure 3 of the accessory manual.
1-217. The low-speed playback transport is similar to the
standard transport, except that it has been modified to
provide a playback tape speed of 2.25 inches-per-second
(the recording speed of the airborne recorder). The modi-
fied portion of the tape-transport control circuit is shown
schematically in figure 1-25 of this instruction guide. As
63
Approved For Release 200?occ PTRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, This
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by taw.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
indicated in the figure, the tape-speed change was effected
by replacing the original capstan-drive motor and starting
capacitor (B501 and C501) with a lower-speed capstan-drive
motor and a new starting capacitor (B1301 and C1301).
1-218. The external appearance of the playback and record
transports are identical. However, they can be identified
readily by noting the serial numbers appearing on the
nameplates. Table 1-2 lists the serial numbers of the
playback and record transports supplied on this contract.
Table 1-2
Identification of Playback and Record
Tape-Transport Mechanisms
Equipment Serial Numbers
--
?
Playback Transport
(2.25 inches-per-second
tape speed)
55E184
55F139
55F140
55F141
.....?.....
Record Transport
(7.5 inches-per-second
tape speed)
55E185
55F145
55F146
55FI85
1-219. MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL AMPLIFIER UNITS
FOR USE IN THE RE-RECORD SYSTEM.
1-220. The function of the amplifier units in the standard recording
system is described in the accessory manual. Each amplifier
contains a playback and a record channel. In the standard
recording system, a single tape transport is employed, and the
64
113cRFT
Approved For Release 2000/4 . - DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
playback channel is used to monitor the information being
recorded on the tape. In the re-record equipment described
in this instruction guide, two tape transports are used. As
shown in figure 1-23, the information derived from the low-.
speed playback transport is amplified by one stage in the
playback channel, further amplified in the record channel,
and finally re-recorded using the high-speed record
transport. In order to incorporate the original amplifier
units into the re-record system, two types of modifications
were necessary: (1) circuit changes to provide simultaneous
playback and record, and (2) circuit changes to provide uni-
form pulse-reproduction characteristics. The circuit
changes were incorporated into the amplifiers using two
toggle switches to establish the additional signal paths. By
turning the switches off and interconnecting the units dif-
ferently, the recording equipment may be operated in the
conventional manner described in the accessory manual.
1-221. It will be seen in figure 1-23 that the re-record
system employs three tape tracks and three amplifiers to
process the data recorded on the original tape. The
amplifier complement consists of a "master" and two
"slave" amplifier units. Except for biasing and primary
power requirements, the three amplifier circuits are
Identical. Therefore, only a single signal path will be
discussed in this instruction guide.
1-222. MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL AMPLIFIER
UNITS TO PROVIDE SIMULTANEOUS PLAYBACK
AND RECORDING.
64A
Approved For Release 2000?g:Cg- DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C.. Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
1-223. Line voltage for the tape transports and for the slave
amplifier units is supplied through the master amplifier
unit (see figure 1 of the accessory manual). The fuse in this
circuit, F402, has been changed from a three-ampere fuse
to a five-ampere fuse. The larger fuse is used because
both the low-speed playback transport and the high-speed
record transport draw current through this fuse when the
re-record system is in operation. To supply line voltage
to the second tape transport, a standard power inter-
connecting cable (5759-1) was modified to include W1301.
The modified cable is shown in figure 1-24.
1-224. The amplifier units (5701R3-1 and 5701R3-3), shown
schematically in figures 1 and 12 of the accessory manual,
have been modified as shown in figure 1-26 of this
instruction guide. The original components of the amplifier
units are designated by the 400 series of call-outs (C401,
R401, etc ), while the components added to the amplifier by
the modification are designated by the 1300 series of call-
outs (C1301, R1301, etc.). In a modified amplifier unit,
the signal derived from a playback head of the low-speed
playback transport appears across the primary of T404
(see figure 1-26). The signal developed across the secondary
of T404 is amplified by V405, and is applied to PLAYBACK
LEVEL potentiometer R438. In the modified amplifier unit,
the signal is also applied to voltage divider R1301-R1302,
where it is attenuated, and is then applied to the grid of
V401 through S1301. The signal is amplified, and is finally
fed to the corresponding record head of the high-speed
record transport, where re-recording is accomplished at a
tape speed of 7.5 inches-per-second.
64B
Approved For Release 2000?5g5:4- DP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stoles within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS. U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SEA
y
1-225. MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL AMPLIFIER
UNITS TO PROVIDE UNIFORM PULSE-
REPRODUCTION CHARACTERISTICS.
1-226. If a recording system is to reproduce information
faithfully, all, of the frequency components contained in
the original information must be amplified or attenuated
by the same amount. Furthermore, all of the frequency
components must be delayed by the same time interval,
in order to maintain their relative phase. Stated in the
usual way: ?the frequency-response curve must be "flat"
and the phase-vs-frequency curve must be "linear". To
achieve a flat frequency-response curve in a magnetic-
recording system, compensation must be made for basic
limitations of the system (paragraphs 1-119 and 1-120).
The over-all system is made flat by emphasizing certain
frequencies in the recording and playback amplifiers.
Frequency compensation effected in the recording ampli-
fier is called "pre-emphasis", while frequency compensa-
tion introduced by the playback amplifier is called
"post-emphasis".
1-227. The reproduction of pulse information requires a
system capable of reproducing the frequency represented
by the pulse repetition frequency (1st harmonic), as well
as reproducing multiples of the basic frequency (higher-
order harmonics). In addition, the phase relationship of
the harmonics must be maintained for accurate pulse
reproduction. Using an ideal system (one having flat
frequency-response and linear phase-vs-frequency
characteristics over an unlimited frequency range), the
pulse distortion described in paragraph 1-121 could be
Approved For Release 2000/
p
64C
BEEP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Eupt Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
corrected by employing suitable integrating circuits.
However, since there is a limit to the frequency range of
a practical tape-recording system, the reproduction of
high-frequency pulses may be poor, even though low-frequency
pulses are reproduced adequately. The compromise in pulse
reproduction characteristics, dictated by the limitations of a
practical recording system, require further deviations from
the compensation curves which would produce the flatest
frequency response curve. Therefore, the airborne informa-
tion recorder and the ground-based re-record equipment
employs pre-emphasis and post-emphasis curves which do
not match the curves of figure 1-16.
1-228. It is the ultimate objective of the airborne and ground-
based equipment to reproduce the relative amplitudes of
Intercepted signals, regardless of the pulse repetition fre-
quencies involved. This end result is achieved within the
prf range of 300 to 3000 pps, but some pulse distortion is
introduced. Although pulse distortion varies with prf, the
peak output voltage is nearly constant. This faithful repro-
duction of pulse amplitudes is achieved by compensating for
the deficiencies of the recording and playback processes.
The compensation sequence is as follows:
a. The original pulse data is recorded on the tape
using an amplifier having the frequency-response
characteristic shown in figure 1-27(a).
b The original data recording is then played back on
the low-speed playback transport, using an amplifier with
the response characteristics shown in figure 1-27(b). This
response curve was obtained by modifying the input stage
(V405) of the amplifier-unit playback channel. The modifi-
cation is described in paragraph 1-230.
64D
Approved For Release 2000/AgUTDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
19, U.S.C., Section 793 ond 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/L DP75600300R000100100001-1
c. Next, the data is re-recorded using the pre-emphasis
curve available when the EQUALIZATION switch is in the
LOW SPEED position. The response curve, shown in
figure 1-27(c), is the curve of the unmodified recording
channel.
d. The re-recorded data is finally played back using
the post-emphasis curve selected when the EQUALIZATION
switch is in the HIGH SPEED position. The response curve,
shown in figure 1-27(d), is available in the playback channel
of unmodified amplifier units. In practice, the PLAYBACK
EQUALIZER potentiometer is adjusted for uniform pulse
reproduction, thus modifying the curve shown in figure 6
of the accessory manual. The post-emphasis circuit is
described in paragraph 1-229.
e. The net result of the pre- and post-emphasis
circuits is shown in the frequency-response curve of
figure 1-27(e). This frequency-response correction, com-
bined with the frequency-response characteristics of the
record and playback processes, results in a faithful repro-
duction of the original radar-pulse amplitudes and repetition
frequencies.
1-229. The post-emphasis curve (d) is obtained when the re-
recorded data is finally played back at 7.5 inches-per-second
with the EQUALIZATION switch in the HIGH SPEED position.
This post-emphasis curve may be duplicated using the
standard equipment described in the accessory manual, or
using the modified equipment described in this instruction
guide. The unmodified equipment, 'shown schematically in
figures 1 and 12 of the accessory manual, will be described
here. Post-emphasis is accomplished in the first stage of the
playback channel, V405. When the EQUALIZATION switch is
64E
SMUT
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
-This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200g/iti jet-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
in the HIGH SPEED position, high-frequency components of
the voltage appearing at the plate of V405 are applied across
the grid-return resistor (R430) through PLAYBACK
EQUALIZER potentiometer R435 and blocking capacitor C417.
The signal fed back to the grid-return resistor is predomi-
nantly high in frequency because the reactance of C417 is
small at these higher frequencies. Because the feed-back
voltage is 1800 out of phase with the signal acting at the
grid of V405, the over-all gain of V405 is reduced at the
higher frequencies.
1-230. The pre-emphasis curves have not been changed by
the modifications incorporated into the amplifier units.
Also, the post-emphasis curve of the modified amplifier
is similar to the one used in the original equipment when
the EQUALIZATION switch is in the HIGH SPEED position.
However, the feed-back circuit of V405 is changed when
the EQUALIZATION switch is in the LOW SPEED position,
thus providing post-emphasis curve (b). To effect the
necessary change in the feed-back circuit, EQUALIZATION
switch S402 was replaced by S1303. As shown in figure
1-26, when S1303 is in the LOW SPEED position the signal
voltage appearing at the plate of V405 is applied across the
grid-return resistor (R430) through R1303, S1303, S1302,
and C1302. Because the reactance of C1302 is low, even at
the lower frequencies, the gain of the stage is reduced
uniformly throughout the usable audio range. However, the
bypassing action of C1303 reduces the magnitude of the
negative feed-back voltage at the higher frequencies.
64F
Approved For Release 2005ROPITRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TMs document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
RIGHT- AND LEFT-S1DE
INFORMATION AMPLIFIERS
VIBRATOR D-C SUPPLY INFORMATION RECORDER
RIGHT- AND LEFT-SIDE
X-BAND DISHES
RIGHT-AND LEFT-SIDE
S-BAND DISHES
SECRET
Figure 1-1, Airborne Radar-Monitoring System,
Components
65
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
\faiA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23
SECRET
CRYSTAL
DETECTOR
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY,
LEFT-SIDE
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY,
RIGHT-SIDE
CRYSTAL
DETECTOR
r
I I
I I
I
1
FOUR-STAGE ? op
VIDEO
AMPLIFIER
t
PULSE - WIDTH
LIMITER
PULSE
STRETCHER
STRETCH
LIMITER
CATHODE-
FOLLOWER
OUTPUT
INFORMATION AMPLIFIER, LEFT-SIDE
INFORMATION AMPLIFIER, RIGHT-SIDE
PULSE- WIDTH
LIMITER
FOUR- STAGE
VIDEO
AMPLIFI ER
STRETCH
LIMITER
PULSE
STRETCHER
+220 V
+110 V
VIBRATOR I +28V
D-C 1-40
SUPPLY I D-C INPUT
n INFORMATION RECORDER
_1 TIME-
REFERENCE
OSCILLATORS
(FIVE)
TRACK I
TRACK 2 5 to
TRACK 3.P4-
CATHODE-
FOLLOWER
OUTPUT
BIAS-AND-
ERASE
OSCILLATOR
RECORDING HEAD,
PLAYBACK HEAD,
ERASE HEAD,
AND MECHANISMS
TRACKS I, 2, 3,
PLAYBACK
AMPLIFIERS
TRACKS 2, 3 PLAYBACK OUTPUT j
SECRET
Figure 1-2. Airborne Radar-Monitoring System,
Block Diagram
66
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : ClaFeVOOR000100100001-1
Figure 1-3. Ground-Based Test Set
AppOkAtorrAelespe 2000/05/23 : CIASECRETOOR000100100001-1
67
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
POWER SUPPLIES
SECRET
SLAVE AMPLIFIERS
HIGH-SPEED RECORD
TRANSPORT
MASTER AMPLIFIER
LOW-SPEED PLAYBACK
TRANSPORT
Figure 1-4. Ground-Based Re-Record Equipment
and Accessories
SECRET
68
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05SECIRE1F75B00300R000100100001-1
Figure 1-5. S-Band Antenna Assembly
Approved For Release 2000/05gEdiff75B00300R000100100001-1
69
SECRET
COAXIAL ADAPTER
QUARTER-WAVE TRANSFORMER
TEFLON SUPPORT
DO NOT UNTHREAD
SET SCREW
,
z"
X X N. XXXXX
TAPERED TRANSITION SECTION
11411\ h.\111110......1?01.1....17.1010?10?11.1?11.M1011
COAXIAL CHOKE
S -BAND FEED
TAPERED SECTION
DIPOLE SUPPORTING WEB
WAVE-GUIDE FLANGE
UG-135/U
(MODIFIED)
X-BAND FEED
? ?? rv.r,
HOLDING SCREWS
NOT REMOVE)
Figure 1-6, S-Band Feed and X-Band Feed, Detail
70
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Band Antenna As s ernbly
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 -,,41A-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
i
SECRET
PARABOLIC DISH
ENERGY GUIDE (COAXIAL, OR
RECTANGULAR WAVEGUIDE)
REFLECTOR_H?
DIPOLE
OP
0" MICROWAVE ENERGY
0,
10 TO CRYSTAL DETECTOR
DRIVER
DIPOLE
Figure 1-8. Microwave Energy Flow to Crystal
Detector
SECRET
72
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 :ZIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
DISH
S-BAND
COAXIAL FEED
INPUT CAPACITANCE
OF V101 PLUS STRAY
CAPACITANCE
VI01
(INFORMATION AMPLIFIER
INPUT)
CRYSTAL DETECTOR
a. S-BAND DETECTION
DISH
X-BAND
WAVEGUIDE FEED
INPUT CAPACITANCE
OF V101 PLUS STRAY
CAPACITANCE
V101
(INFORMATION AMPLIFIER
INPUT)
CRYSTAL DETECTOR
b. X-BAND DETECTION
Figure 1-9. S-Band and X- Band Detections Simplified
Schematic
SECRET
73
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05Stela1'75B00300R000100100001-1
PULSE INPUT
FROM CRYSTAL
DETECTOR
GRID OF
V102
OUTPUT OF
DLIOI (INVERTED)
0
SIGNAL BETWEEN
GRID AND CATHODE
OF V102
CATHODE OF
V104
0
PLATE OF
V109
GRID OF
VII0
0
VOLTAGE ACROSS
CI16--OUTPUT
OF PULSE STRETCHER
INPUT TO FOUR -STAGE
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
1 ( I'?O.25 ? SEC.
4
?
NOTES
I. WAVEFORMS ARE IDEALIZED.
2. PULSE AMPLITUDES AND DURATIONS
ARE NOT DRAWN TO SCALE.
OUTPUT OF PULSE -
WIDTH LIMITER
4
TRAILING - EDGE
PULSE
LEADING -EDGE
PULSE
4? 0.25 ? SEC. 1-- OUTPUT OF FOUR -STAGE
VI DEO AMPLIFIER
150 ? SEO.
STRETCH-LIMITER
OUTPUT TRIGGER
Figure 1-10. Information Amplifier, Time
Relationship of Waveforms
Approved For Release 2000/05/ketaf5B00300R000100100001-1
74
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 :-CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
J 101
PULSE INPUT
FROM CRYSTAL
DETECTOR
+1 C101
4 MFD.
150 V
FOUR-STAGE VIDEO AMPLIFIER
(V101, V102, V103, V 104 )
PULSE STRETCHER
(CR102, C 116)
CATHODE-FOLLOWER OUTPUT
(V 105)
+220 V
R102
4.7K
C 103
4 MFD
150V
8108
6.8K
3W
C 109
4 MFD
150 V
R103
3.9 K
C102
1000
CI22
1000
R101
15K
8104
270
V 101
?
R109
5.1 K
1W
C 104
1000
RII0
220
R III
3K
V102
? C105
-- 0032 MFD
C 108
0.02 MFD
TIOI
?R I12
100K
R 115
22 K
R116
510
V103
R 117
1.8K
C III
1000
C I 12
10.02 MFD
C110
1000
8118
R 122
3.9 K
V104
C 115
0.02 MFD
100 K R123
3K
'V
R124 25
13K 7.5K
R 129
3K
RI26
100 K
C 117 it
2 MFD
100 VT-
C 118
0.02 MED
CR 102
RI27
IM
R128
10K
CII6
--1000
R132
4.7 M
+28V
+110 V
i27 K
-7 0.02 MFD
CI20
......,?C121
R 136
10.02MFD
1W3/7\r-1-
62 K
R138
3.3K
V105
C 119
2 MFD
100V
R141
2K
J 102
Eo
OH D
OF C
A B
POWER IN FROM
VIBRATOR D-C
SUPPLY
J 103
R139
6.8K
oD
PULSE OUTPUT TO
INFORMATION
RECORDER
R142
3.9K
R143
470K
CI23
1 MED 1--
150 V -=
R144
560K
V106
DL 101
o (000IN-o-
R 145
10 K
773LACK
?
PULSE-WIDTH LIMITER
(V106, DL 101)
R 146
3K
C 124
1+ 1.0 MED
R147 -1-2 150 V
21< CR103
30 K
C 125
1000
V107
CI26
I 0.02
MFD
C 129
1000
R154 R157
110K
22K
8151 ?R152 ? RI53
150K 220 K 5.IK
C 130
300
V108
R159
SEE
NOTE
6
RI60 R164 ?R 167
36K 220K 24K
+C131
8161 2 MFD
22K 100 V
R 158
SEE NOTE 6
STRETCH LIMITER
(VI07, V108, V 109,
V110, VIII)
C132
500
300 V
V109 -I(
R165
1.0 M
RI66
24K
Ti
R 168
4.3 K
171
SEE NOTE6
VI 1
SCHEMATIC NOTES
I. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE:
a. ALL RESISTOR VALUES ARE INDICATED IN OHMS.
b. ALL RESISTOR VALUES ARE 1/2 WATT.
c. ALL RESISTORS ARE ?5%.
d. ALL CAPACITOR VALUES ARE INDICATED IN
MICROMICROFARADS.
e. ALL VACUUM TUBES ARE CK6I52.
2. CK 6152 CONNECTION:
LEAD I-PLATE LEAD 4-HEATER
LEAD 2-CATHODE LEAD 5-HEATER
LEAD 3-GRID
COUNT LEADS STARTING FROM RED DOT PAINTED ON BASE
3. "K" MEANS KILOHMS.
4. "M" MEANS MEGOHMS.
5. POLARITI ES OF ALL ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
ARE INDICATED.
6. VALUE SELECTED ON BASIS OF PERFORMANCE. SEE
MAINTENANCE SECTION.
R 172
V101 V106 V102 V103 12, 3W
R 173
V104 V107 V105 VIII 12,3W
ALL FILAMENTS, PINS 4 AND 5
V108 V109 VII0
R174
43,3W
V\At
C133
0.02MFD C134
0.02 MFD
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Figure 1-11. Information Amplifier, Schematic
75
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
MISSING PAGE
ORIGINAL DOCUMENT MISSING PAGE(S):
p77
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
I-4
I-'. I
0 H.
CrQ
CD
tl 0
ci)
C")
H.
CD
CD
Gt,
n
00
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 :.GIA-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
NEGATIVE FEEDBACK
POSITIVE FEEDBACK NEGATIVE FEEDBACK
(FRACTION OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE) (FRACTION OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE)
0 0 (A? 0
A0N311038A
indino AO N0110V8A 1V101
AON3f1038A
IOLA AO
3H1 01 NOV8033 A
rn
PHASE SHIFT
POSITIVE FEEDBACK
(FRACTION OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE)
(1)
0 0 0.1
S310N311038
AON311036A
S310N311038A snown IV
JO C1189 3 H1 01 >10V8032A
-
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
30
(r)
10
0
30
20
0
SECRET
MAGNETIZATION
TRANSFER CHARACTERISTIC
WITH A-C BIAS (-)
TRANSFER CHARACTERISTIC
WITHOUT A-C BIAS
RECORDING CURRENT
Figure 1-15. Effect of A-C Bias On the Transfer
Characteristic of a Magnetic Recording Medium
a.
Xj\
,----
...
.--
-----
SIN
'0.5 10
..-..."
..--
GAP LOSS:-2O LOG!
I 77- SA
b.\5\
\1A\-IP
F.-
--,
0
c-,--'
- --
.-
------
OS
RESPONSE
:20 LOG
WITH GAP
ISiN r
LOSS
8/X i

nof\
.01
.02
.03 .04 .05
0.1 .2 3 :4 .5 1.0
8/X (EFFECTIVE GAP WIDTH/WAVE LENGTH)
Figure 1-16. Frequency Response of a Playback
Head of Gap Width 5
SECRET
20
3.0 4.0 5.0
10
79
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 7-eIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Zo]
REMANENT FLUX ON
TAPE DUE TO PULSE
RECORDING
FLUX COUPLING THROUGH
PLAYBACK HEAD AS REMANENT
FLUX PASSES GAP
IDEALIZED VOLTAGE FORM
INDUCED BY FLUX COUPLING
THROUGH PLAYBACK HEAD
TYPICAL DISTORTION DUE
TO FREQUENCY RESPONSE
OF PLAYBACK HEAD
0.3 X10-3 INCHES OF TAPE
REMANENT FLUX ENTERS GAP
r- -r ? ? ? ? ? ? ? - REMANENT FLUX TOTALLY WITHIN GAP
? ? -- REMANENT FLUX TOTALLY PAST GAP
RELATIVE PEAK OUTPUT
VOLTAGE (DB)
+2
+1
Figure 1
150 /LS PULSE
-17. Gap Width, Pulse Width and
Playback Pulse Related
a)
8
u_
-0
a)
2
0.
0.
-2
200 300
1000
PULSE REPETITION RATE (PPS)
2000 3000
Figure 1-18. A Plot of Playback Voltage Output
Versus PRF
SECRET
80
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 ?,CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
VIBRATOR
G401
PERMANENT
MAGNET
BUFFER
CAPACITOR
C401
0.1 ^
\ 400V
REED
C407
.002
600V
J401
FROM AIRCRAFT
28V D-C GENERATOR
0
L401
27 MICROHENR1ES
C408
--T-? .002
I 600V
NOTE
3
T401
POWER TRANSFORMER
0 04
00
60-n-
CR401 CR402
RECTIFIER
CIRCUIT
CR403 CR4 4
FILTER CIRCUIT
R401
20
I/21k C402
25 R403
180V 47K
1/2W
SCHEMATIC NOTES
I. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE:
a.AL L RESISTANCE VALUES ARE
INDICATED IN OHMS.
b.ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE
INDICATED IN MICROFARADS
2. LOCATION OF 250 MILLIAMPERE FUSE FOR UNITS UP TO
AND INCLUDING SERIAL NUMBER 417,
3.LOCATION OF 2 AMPERE SLO-BLO FUSE FOR UNITS
ABOVE SERIAL NUMBER 417.
R402
20
1/2W
C403
25
180 V
NOTE
2
It
C406
.02
R404
47K
I/2W
J402
TO INFORMATION AMPLIFIER
C405 --I,
??2T
0
0
0
0
28V
C404
100
50V
LINE
FILTER
0
111???i=i1?....C'.11
1111=018
+
220V
?
A
28V
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Figure 1-19. Vibrator D-C Supply, Schematic
81
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 !-GIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
SECRET
RECORDER
TEST
SIGNAL
OVER-DRIVEN
AMPLIFIER
DIFFERENTIATING
NETWORK
WEIN - BRIDGE
OSCILLATOR
THYRATRON
TRIGGER
GENERATOR
AND AMPLIFIER
OPERATING
VOLTAGES
KLYSTRON
MODULATOR
VIDEO TEST
SIGNAL
,-11111.--110????-?
KLYSTRON
POWER SUPPLY
2K4 I
KLYSTRON
2K39
KLYSTRON
W501
COAX IAL WAVEGUIDE
0
AT 501
S- BA ND ATTENUATOR
AT5 02
X- BAND ATTENUATOR
M503
WAVEMETER
\1\G
M504
J504 S-BAND OUT
EK
J503 'X-BAND OUT
W504
RECTANGULAR WAVEGUIDE
00
OPERATING
M501
J502
POWER
TEMPERATURE-
COMPENSATED
THERMISTOR
BRIDGE
0
R-F
WATTS
MON ITOR
LOW- VOLTAGE
AND
BIAS SUPPLY
VOLTAGES
OSCILLOSCOPE
115 V
60 CPS
S- BAND
HORN
X- BAND
HORN
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
Figure 1-20. Test Set, Block Diagram
82
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/SE 75600300R000100100001-1
WAVEFORM AT
PIN 5 OF V602
WAVEFORM AT
J601
WAVEFORM AT
PIN 1 OF V604
WAVEFORM AT
PIN 3 OF V605A
WAVEFORM AT
PIN 6 OF V6058
1000 MICROSECONDS
14-41-- P.O MICROSECOND
OUTPUT OF KLYSTRON
(IDEALIZED)
44 VOLTS
22 VOLTS
32 VOLTS
105 VOLTS
210 VOLTS
Figure 1-21? Test Set, Time Relationships
of Waveforms
Revised:
41?15P6NtaitcFOV1eleaSe 2000/0SECRETP75B00300R000100100001-1
83,
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
+ 300V IN
+ I45V IN
GROUND
-30V IN
6.3V AC IN
WEIN-BRIDGE OSCILLATOR
TB 511
OVER-DRIVEN
AMPLIFIER
DIFFERENTIATING
NETWORK
THYRATRON
TRIGGER GENERATOR
RECDR
AND AMPLIFIER J601
9 TEST SIG.
KLYSTRON MODULATOR
REPITITION
RATE S601A
1?
15030 50
??0 350
C603 0
.001 1 o 1000 0 r
? C6061 C607-1-
C 604f .003 -1--.0062T C608
.002 0 o .0091
R603
50K
C6 16
0.1
R6I3 R6I6
100K 75K
C623
.022
R633
20K
C634
.001
30 MM F
R636
6.2K
L603
750-1400 MH
C62I
OMMF5
V603A
,6U8
C601 C602
.001 20
S601B
C626
820 C627
MMF .001
V604
2D2I
V605A
R637
240K
C 638
.05
I(
7,2 R604
6.8K
C624 ?
.02
a
MODULATOR
SIGNAL OUT
J602
VID.
TEST SIG.
CR601
C632
50
R629 7.-----MMF
1.5K
R632
25K
S60ID
V601 V602 V603 V604 V605
3 4?A--4 3 4 4;--A-15 34FA-4 IFA-9
1
NOTE I
SCHEMATIC NOTES
C637
NOTE 5
I. ADDITIONAL TERMINALS SHOWN IN FIGURE I-22A.
2. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE:
a. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE INDICATED IN
OHMS. " le MEANS KILOHMS. "M" MEANS
MEGOHMS.
b. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS.
'M MF' MEANS MICROMICROFARADS.
c. ALL INDUCTANCE VALUES IN MILL1HENRIES.
"MH" MEANS MICROHENRIES.
3. 0 INDICATES SCREWDRIVER ADJUSTMENT.
4. t INDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION OF ADJUSTMENT SHAFT
5. VALUE SELECTED TO OBTAIN OPTIMUM WAVEFORM AT J602.
Revised:
2.0 September 56.
SECRET
Figure 1-22B. Test Set, Partial Schematic
84B
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/2SECRE15B00300R000100100001-1
ORIGINAL DATA
RECORDING
OWN
LOW-SPEED PLAYBACK TRANSPORT
(PLAYS BACK ORIGINAL DATA RECORDING
AT 2.25"/SECOND)
MODIFIED AMPLIFIER
UNITS
PLAYBACK
PLAYBACK
PLAYBACK
CHANNEL
V405
CHANNEL
-10-1 V405
-00-1 V405 - CHANNEL
RECORD
RECORD
RECORD
CHANNEL
CHANNEL --1?-
CHANNEL
POWER
SUPPLY
POWER
SUPPLY
POWER
SUPPLY
HIGH-SPEED RECORD TRANSPORT
(RE-RECORDS DATA AT 7.5"/SECOND)
RE-RECORDED
D TA
Figure 1-23. Re-Record Equipment, Simplified
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP7516003010R000400100001-1
SECRET
85
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 siGIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
SECRET
THESE
PLAYBACK CABLES
NOT USED DURING
RE-RECORDING
117 VAC
TRACK NO. 1
PLAYBACK
CABLE
TRACK NO. 2
PLAYBACK
CABLE
TRACK NO. 3
PLAYBACK
CABLE
POWER SUPPLY
NO. 3
POWER SUPPLY
CABLE NO. 3
POWER SUPPLY
NO. 2
POWER SUPPLY
CABLE NO. 2
POWER SUPPLY
NO. 1
POWER SUPPLY
CABLE NO. F
(RE-RECORD, HIGH-SPEED TRANSPORT)
MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY
PLAYBACK RECORD
2 3 2 3
0 0 0
ERASE
0
ERASE CABLE
\._ TRACK NO. 3 RECORD CABLE
\_ TRACK NO. 2 RECORD CABLE
\, TRACK NO. 1 RECORD CABLE
NO. 5759-1 POWER INTERCONNECTING CABLE
MASTER ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLY
(AMPLIFIER UNIT)
AC INPUT
ERASE HEAD
PLAYBACK LINE LINE INPUT
HEAD OUTPUT J40IS
0
A()i -11OWER
Y
F402 RECORD HEAD
MECHANICAL
ASSEMBLY
NO. 3814 POWER SUPPLY EXTENSION CABLE
SLAVE ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLY
3730-2 BIAS INTERCONNECTING CABLE
(-
(AMPLIFIER UNIT)
BIAS
PLAYBACK LINE LINE INPUT
HEAD OUTPUT J40IS 0
F401
AC OUT
I
I
"A"--
POWER
SUPPLY
ERASE HEAD
1 I
MECHANICAL
1. ASSEMBLY
RECORD HEAD
NO. 3814 POWER SUPPLY EXTENSION CABLE
SLAVE ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLY 3730-2 BIAS INTERCONNECTING CABLE
- (AMPLIFIER UNIT)
0
PLAYBACK LINE LINE INPUT
HEAD OUTPUT J 401S 0
F401
BIAS
AC OUT
POWER1
SUPPLY
ERASE HEAD
I I
A116.
MECHANICAL
ASSEMBLY
04
7"--\
(PLAYBACK, LOW-SPEED TRANSPORT)
MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY
PLAYBACK
3 2
0
0
3814 POWER SUPPLY
EXTENSION CABLE
NO. 5759-1 POWER
INTERCONNECTING CABLE
(MODIFIED TO INCLUDE WI301)
Figure 1-24. Re-Record Equipment, Interunit
Cabling Diagram
SECRET
86
Approved For Release 2000105/23 : GIA-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
-
-
C?.1
ro
v
Lo
to
LOW
LOW
HIGH
r
INEUTRAL
NEUTRAL
CD
-
2
YELLOW
J504$
P504P
VIOLET
000'
BLUE
ORANGE
CAPSTAN-DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
NOTES:
I. BI301 REPLACES 13501.
2. CI301 (STARTING CAPACITOR)
REPLACES C501
Figure 1-25. Circuit Connections of B1301,
Schematic Diagram
SECRET
87
Approvea ror Keiease ZUUU/U0/1:3 : UIA-KUV(01:51JUJUUKUUU1 UU1 UUUU1 -1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
II
T404
R430
V401
T401 S1301
10
RI301
470K
RI302
1.5 M
+I 55V 0-1\AN
R433
R429
V405
C42I
R438
C4I7
RI303
130K
MA/
\O ?
R435
TO RECORDING
AMPLIFIERS
TO PLAYBACK
AMPLIFIERS
S1302
NOTES:
\
\
I. SI301 AND S1302 SHOWN IN
-S1303
RE-RECORD POSITION.
C1303
EQUALIZATION
2. EQUALIZATION SWITCH S1303
.05 MFD
SHOWN IN THE LOW-SPEED POSITION.
3. S1303 (4 SECTIONS) REPLACES
S402 (3 SECTIONS)
4. RI303 REPLACES R462.
5. F402 (MASTER ONLY) REQUIRES
5 AMPERE FUSE.
Figure 1-26, Modified Amplifier Unit, Partial
Schematic Diagram
SECRET
RR
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05SECRET375B00300R000100100001-1
+10
0
-10
CYCLES PER SECOND
250 500 1000 2000
4000
1 1
FREQUENCY RESPONSE, RECORDING AT 2,25 INCHES-PER-SECOND,
(a AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT
+10
0
m..100
-10
POST-EMPHASIS, PLAYING BACK AT 2,25 INCHES-PER - SECOND,
( b) EQUALIZATION SWITCH IN LOW SPEED POSITION,GROUND-BASED EQUIPMENT
+10
(c)
-10
PRE-EMPHASIS, RE- RECORDING AT 7.5 INCHES - PER-SECOND, EQUALIZATION
SWITCH IN LOW SPEED POSITION, GROUND-BASED EQUIPMENT.
+10
0
10
POST-EMPHASIS, PLAYING BACK AT 7.5 INCHES-PER-SECOND,
(d) EQUALIZATION SWITCH IN HIGH SPEED POSITION, GROUND-BASED EQUIPMENT
+10
10
OVER-ALL FREQUENCY RESPONSE CORRECTION
(RESULTANT OF CURVES a, b,c, and d )
Figure 1-27. The Re-Record and Playback
Processes, Amplifier Response Characteristics
Revised:
iApprgwadifgw.ReleaSe 2000/OnlityP75B00300R000100100001-1
3C411.
89
Approved For Release 200nearDP75B00300R000100100001-1
AIRBORNE RADAR-MONITORING SYSTEM
SECTION II
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND PREFLIGHT TESTS
2-1. ,GENERAL. Supporting equipment for the Airborne Radar.
Monitoring System includes the ground-based test set and ground-
based re-record equipment. This section of the instruction guide
contains instructions applicable to the general use of the test set
as well as specific instructions for using the test set in testing
and calibrating the airborne equipment before flight. Although
the in-flight operation of the airborne equipment is beyond the
scope of this manual, sufficient detailed information is provided
to enable the technician to prepare the equipment for flight. Also.
the method of transferring the in-flight data recording to a more
usable medium is outlined in the paragraphs covering the
re-recording procedures.
2-2. TYPES OF PREFLIGHT TESTS.
2-3. In preparing the equipment for flight, two types of preflight
tests are required: (1) "preflight bench procedures" involving the
information recorder, and (2) "preflight ramp teste involving the
entire airborne system.
2-4. In the case of the preflight bench procedures, the information
recorder is removed from the aircraft, inspected and cleaned,
loaded with magnetic tape, and the tape-handling operation is checked.
2-5. After the preflight bench procedures have been performed, the
information recorder is reinstalled in the aircraft. The preflight
ramp tests are performed shortly before take-off. In performing
the ramp tests, the test set is used to test and calibrate the airborne
equipment.
2-6. PURPOSE OF PREFLIGHT BENCH PROCEDURES AND
RAMP TESTS. When coordinated with flight information, the data
recorded by the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System can be put to
2-1
SECIET
AlaPPITAI r9ri iRtIqq.Pq 290n9/2,51?Z: ci,CORPE7?E199?,.9?PoRP.9.91019,919.01-1
ocum on al s orm o attic no a a o I ? of a n tad a it in ti
IS, U.S.C? Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000Mff1fDP75B00300R000100100001-1
strategic use. The preflight bench procedures and ramp tests are
performed to insure the reliability and accuracy of the in-flight
data recording.
2-7. SAMPLE FORM FOR NOTING THE RESULTS OF THE
PREFLIGHT BENCH PROCEDURES AND RAMP TESTS. The
results of the preflight procedures and tests must be entered on a
form similar to the one shown in. Table 2-1.
Table 2-1, Sample Form for Preflight Test Data
(1)PREFLIGHT BENCH PROCEDURES.
Information recorder (serial number):
Preflight bench procedures performed (see
tape-handling surfaces cleaned_, heads
heads demagnetized recorder loaded
, mechanical operation checked
replaced
paragraph 2-11):
cleaned -------?
with tape number:
, desiccant
Operating time:
(2)PREFLIGHT RAMP TESTS.
Information recorder installed in aircraft number?
S-band
antennas (serial numbers):
X-band
and
(right) (left)
Information amplifiers (serial numbers): and
(right) (left)
Vibrator D-C supply (serial number):
(a) SYSTEM TURNED OFF.
(1000 pps signal simulated by test set (see paragraph 2-20).
All voltages measured peak-to-peak.)
Output of test set adjusted for (S) 4.6 milliwatts/square-
meter at right-side antenna. Antenna sensitivity measured
at P101-RIGHT.volts (limits: .090 to .175 volts).
(S)
Output of test set adjusted for mill 4 i
.6 watts/square -
meter at left-side antenna. Antenna sensitivity measured
at P101-LEFT? volts (limits: .090 to .175 volts).
2-2
SECRET
Aprami.EsuilleJUM CLOPtiod?a3.,, Ri2 9,upp 9921021 9,20 o 1 -1
19, .S S.C., Sullen 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/gbiltrP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 2-1. Sample Form for Preflight Test Data
(Continued)
(b) SYSTEM TURNED ON.
(1000 pps signal simulated by test set (see paragraph 2-20).
All voltages measured peak-to-peak at test points indicated.)
(X) 7
milliwatts/square-meter applied to right-side antenna.
17.
With recording-bias source disabled, R804 adjusted for 12.5
millivolts at TP4. (see paragraph 2-30).
(X) 17 7 milliwatts /square-meter applied to left-side antenna.
.
With recording-bias source disabled, R802 adjusted for 12.5
millivolts at TP1. (see paragraph 2-30).
(c) SYSTEM TURNED ON.
(All voltages measured peak-to-peak across 2000 ohm
headphones. See paragraph 2-31).
Output of tone channels: 1-kc tone: volts.
1.3-kc tone: volts.
1.7-kc tone: volts,
Z. 3-kc tone: volts.
3-kc tone: volts.
(Limits: .140 to .280 volts.)
(S)) 4.6
milliwatts/square-meter (1000 pps) applied to right-
(X 17.7
side antenna for one minute as reference signal level. Output
of right-side monitor channel: volts (limits: .140 to
.280 volts). Signal pulse modulated at 350 pps for 1/2 minute
as indexing signal. (See paragraph 2-31.)
Signal pulse modulated at 1500 pps for 1/2 minute, and applied
to left-side antenna as indexing signal.
(X) 7 milliwatts/square-meter (1000 pps) applied to left-
side17.
antenna for one minute as reference signal level. Output
of left-side monitor channel: volts (limits: .140 to
.280 volts). (See paragraph 2-31.)
System turned off until take off.
Visual inspection of installation
(3) FLIGHT INFORMATION.
Mission number: . Date:
Take off time:
?
Landing time:
Operating time:
Operating time:
Operator
SECRET
AppauednEoctReilease.20QQ405123 04:RPFZAPP,RAPARSTA1 R9.19 R9 0 1 -1
8, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the trantmlislon or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
2-3
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Since the test results are very important in interpreting the
recording made by the airborne equipment, extreme care must
be taken to insure that accurate and legible entries are made on
the Preflight Test-Data Form. If voltage measurements fall
outside the limits specified in the table, the airborne equipment
is unsuited for flight, and requires replacement or repair (see
Section III).
2-8, EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR PREFLIGHT TESTS.
2-9. The equipment used in performing the series of preflight
procedures and tests is listed in Table 2-2,
SECRET
ARP r, 9?Y9F11.9,sr.Rorglitac?QPP/0/21: gA,713,51E75,15QP3PQRA00,1%11140,0 1-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/SECREP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 2-2. Equipment Used in Performing
Preflight Procedures and Tests
Quantity
Description of Equipment
1
( 2)
Airborne Radar-Monitoring System, installed in the
aircraft, and including:
Antenna Assemblies (S-band or X-band, depending
upon the band to be monitored).
(2)
Information Amplifiers.
(1)
Information Recorder.
(/)
Vibrator DC Supply.
(1)
Set of Interconnecting Cables (W1201 through W1205).
1
Set of Accessories, not supplied on this contract, but
contained in the aircraft.
1
Ground-Based Test Set, used to simulate intercepted
signals.
1
Set of Accessories including:
(1)
S-Band Horn Only one used, depending upon the
system installed in the aircraft
(1)
X-Band Horn under test.
(1)
W510, Horn-feed cable, RG-9/U coaxial, six feet
long, fitted with type N connectors.
(1)
Horn-mounting tripod.
(1)
VTVM.
(1)
Headphones.
(1)
W511, extension cable for W1205, multi-conductor,
three feet long, fitted with AN connectors.
(1)
W512, information-recorder monitoring cable, multi
conductor, six feet long, fitted with miniature connec-
tor and terminal box.
(1)
W513, information-amplifier monitoring cable, multi-
conductor, 20 feet long, fitted with miniature connector
on one end, other end of cable unterminated.
(1)
W507, primary-power cable, two conductor, four feet
long, fitted with a-c connectors.
(1)
6 foot steel measuring tape.
SECRET
APPL9Y.rqq.,,F,,ClCaRmeti9q1A9ng2t9e0n919ficli3ense
? I 0. 100100001
?of the United Stolen withintne?m3eaning of 99 Espionage Laws Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibitedby, taw.
2-5
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
2-10. Power supply sources are required for the equipment
listed in Table 2-2. The airborne equipment is powered by
means of a 28V-dc power source. The test equipment requires a
115V-ac 60-cycle source of power.
2-11. PERFORMING THE PREFLIGHT BENCH PROCEDURES.
2-12. GENERAL. Paragraph 2-6 describes the purpose of the
preflight bench procedures. Paragraphs 2-13 through 2-19 contain
step-by-step instructions for completing the preflight bench
procedures. It is assumed that the airborne equipment has been
installed in the aircraft in accordance with the installation and
interunit-cabling instructions of Section IV.
2-13. PREPARING THE INFORMATION RECORDER FOR THE
BENCH PROCEDURES. The information recorder must be
removed from the aircraft, and must be partially disassembled
to gain access to the tape-handling components. Proceed as
%le follows:
a. Disconnect P702 from J702 of the information-recorder
unit, and remove the unit from the aircraft.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETP75B00300R000100100001-1
b. Place the recorder in a horizontal position, with the pins
of the jacks pointing downward. Remove the cover from the
case by removing the six 6-32 machine screws.
c. Push each of the four reel guides away from the reel rim,
and depress the friction pin to hold the guide in place.
d. Disengage the upper and lower driving gears from the
tape reels by pushing the driving gears away from the rim of the
tape reels. The driving-gear assemblies will lock in an alternate
position, away from the rim of the tape reels, as shown in figure 2-1.
e. Lift off the reel-retaining cap.
f. The tape reels may now be removed from the information
recorder by lifting them off the reel-support shaft.
g. Lift off the upper reel.
h. Lift off the flanged bushing.
i. Lift off the lower reel.
j. To avoid mislaying the flanged bushing and reel-retaining
cap, place them on the reel-support shaft.
The tape-handling components will now be accessible, and the
routine maintenance procedures can be performed. Note the
serial number of the information recorder in the space provided
on the Preflight Test-Data Form.
2-14. PERFORMING ROUTINE MAINTENANCE. Perform a
general inspection of the information recorder to detect signs of
rust, corrosion, or wear. Cover vulnerable surfaces with a
thin coating of instrument oil (MP 10156). Use a soft brush or a
blower to remove dust from the interior of the unit. Use a lintless
cloth (MP10 219), moistened with alcohol (MP 10228), to clean all
of the surfaces over which the magnetic tape passes (see figure 2-1).
Cleaning the tape-handling surfaces is accomplished by proceeding
as follows:
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?129tRIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C,, Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
2-7
Approved For Release 200
I,,'
CREPDp75B00300R000100100001-1
a. Clean the five teflon tape guides.
b. Clean the jam roller and capstan.
CAUTION
Do not use carbon tetrachloride or acetone
for cleaning the erase, record, or playback
heads. These cleaning agents tend to
dissolve the plastic parts of the heads.
c. Open the head cover by pulling the plunger up, turning the
control level counterclockwise, and releasing the plunger. The
head cover will thus be locked open.
d. Use a lintless cloth, moistened with alcohol, to clean the
heads and tape guide pins. Avoid undue pressure on the heads,
and avoid scratching the head surfaces. For proper operation,
the tape surfaces must come into intimate contact with the heads.
Therefore, all red-oxide deposits must be removed by the
cleaning operation.
e. Energize the head demagnetizer (MP10143), and demagnetize
the erase, record, and playback heads. With the gap of the head
demagnetizer aligned with the gap of the head to be demagnetized,
place the demagnetizer near the head, but do not let the demagnetizer
come into contact with the head. To demagnetize the head, draw
the energized head demagnetizer slowly away from the head.
f. Complete the appropriate blanks of the Preflight Test-Data
Form,
2-15. LOADING THE INFORMATION RECORDER WITH MAGNETIC
TAPE. Since it is important to be able to identify the supply and
take-up reels of the information recorder, it will be necessary to
mark the reels "SUPPLY" and "TAKE-UP", respectively. A red
SECRET
ARP,r2cy,20,53's 1330.9.,qt,WIQQ1,Q5/Z1?.; cloWaRDRI5BOnaGOR00040121 0000.1 -1
18, USC., Snection 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200greititRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
crayon or grease pencil is suitable for marking the reels. Next,
it will be necessary to use the re-record tape-transport mechanism
to wind tape onto the SUPPLY reel. To wind tape onto the SUPPLY
reel proceed as follows:
a. Place the SUPPLY reel, gear-side down, on the right-hand
spindle of the re-record tape transport.
b. Place a reel of magnetic tape (MP 10145) on the left-hand
spindle of the re-record equipment.
c. The tape is to be wound onto the SUPPLY reel with the
smooth side of the tape toward the outside of the reel. It is
Important to use the tape guides of the re-record equipment to
obtain uniform winding. See the accessory manual for the procedure
to be used in operating the ground-based re-record equipment. Note
that the re-record equipment is used simply as a tape-handling
device in this operation, and nothing is to be recorded on the tape.
d. The amount of tape to be wound onto the reel is determined
by the recording-time requirements of the particular mission.
The time scale on the airborne reel can be used to estimate the
amount of tape required for a specific recording period.
The rmagnetic tape used with the airborne equipment
is fragile, and every precaution should be taken to
prevent breakage. However, if the tape becomes
broken, mend it with special splicing tape. After
completing the splice, be sure that no adhesive
material is exposed. Use the special splicing tape
ONLY; do NOT use ordinary cellophane tape for
splicing.
e. After winding the required amount of tape onto the SUPPLY
reel, install the reel on the reel-support shaft of the information
recorder? positioning the reel with the gear surface downward.
SECRET
Aproved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Thin ocument contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
2-9
Approved For Release 2000/SECRELP75B00300R000100100001-1
f. Thread the tape through the machine as shown in figure 2-1,
leaving about 10 inches of free tape after passing the transition
guide.
g. Place the flanged bushing on the reel support shaft, and
place the TAKE-UP reel over the bushing, positioning the reel
with the gear surface upward.
h. Insert the free end of the tape into the slot in the hub of
the reel, and turn the reel by hand until there is no slack in the
tape loop.
i. Place the reel-retaining cap on top of the TAKE-UP reel.
j. Inspect the threading of the tape to be sure that it is
threaded as shown in figure 2-1. The smooth side of the tape
must be on the outside of the reels, and must be oriented away
from the heads. If threaded correctly, there will be no twists
in the tape, and it will be centered in the guide pins and guide
rollers.
k. Gently engage the lower driving gear by pressing point A
(figure 2-1) while holding the driving gear away from the driven
reel gear.
1. Position loop arm No. 1 midway between the two stops,
and slowly turn the TAKE-UP reel until there is no slack left in
the tape.
m. Pull the plunger upward, turn the control lever clockwise,
and release the plunger. The head cover will now be locked closed.
n. Position loop arm No. 2 midway between the two stops, and
slowly turn the TAKE-UP reel until there is no slack left in the
tape.
o. Engage the upper driving gear by pressing Point C.
SECRET
Ai:Alarmed Ear ReLe3se,400105/22.:. C liAaRE:9252,0,0300R00.01,0410000.1 -1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/SECREPV75B00300R000100100001-1
p. Push each of the four reel guides away from the reel
(to release the spring-loaded friction pin), and allow the reel
guide to return to the engaged position.
q. Complete the appropriate blanks of the Preflight Test-
Data Form.
2-16. CHECKING THE OPERATION OF THE INFORMATION
RECORDER.
2-17. After the information recorder has been prepared for
flight and loaded with tape, the preflight bench procedures
are completed by checking the mechanical operation of the
unit. Ground the frame of the information recorder, and
apply 28-volts dc to terminals A (positive) and B (negative)
of J702.
2-18. With the information recorder operating, check the
following tape-handling and tape-alignment characteristics:
a. The tape must pass between the flanges of the teflon
guide rollers without bending.
b. The tape must pass between the flanges of the reels
without touching the flanges.
c. The tape must pass between the guide pins of the head
assembly without bending.
d. With the head cover open, observe the tape contacting
surfaces of the erase, record and playback heads. The
surfaces must be completely hidden by the tape.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?AcigIMP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/ISECRIEIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
e. The tape must pass between the jam roller and tape
capstan without tending to "ride up" or "ride down" from
its normal position.
f. After some initial oscillation, the loop arms must come
to rest between the stops. A slight oscillation will be observed,
but no large tape loops will appear if the equipment is operating
normally.
g. Start and stop the information recorder several times by
removing and restoring the 28-volt supply. The jam roller must
engage or disengage each time the 28-volt supply is restored or
removed. If the equipment is operating normally, no large tape
loops will form. Repeat the stop-start cycle several times, and
perform the operational checks listed in the previous sub-paragraphs.
h. Mount the information recorder in a vertical position, and
repeat the above checks.
1. Remove the 28-volt d-c supply from the equipment.
j. Replace the information-recorder cover.
k. Complete the appropriate blanks of the Preflight Test-Data
Form.
2-19. RENEWING THE DESICCANT. Reactivate or replace the
desiccant by proceeding as follows:
a. Place the recorder in a horizontal position with the pins
of the jacks pointing downward.
b. Remove the cover from the case by removing six 6-32
machine screws.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000a :11gfTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
2-1 2
Approved For Release 2000/gettler75B00300R000100100001-1
c. Invert the information-recorder cover to gain access to the
desiccant container.
d. Remove the cover from the desiccant container by removing
the two hexagonal nuts.
e. Reactivate or replace the desiccant (MP 10212).
1. Reassemble the desiccant container, and re-install the
cover on the information recorder.
g. Complete the appropriate blanks of the Preflight Test-Data
Form.
2-20. PERFORMING THE PREFLIGHT RAMP TESTS.
2-21. GENERAL.
2-22. Paragraph 2-6 describes the purpose of the preflight ramp
tests. Paragraphs 2-25 through 2-36 contain step-by-step
instructions for performing the tests. These paragraphs assume
that the preflight bench procedures have been accomplished and
the information recorder is ready to be re-installed in the aircraft.
Furthermore, it is assumed that the remainder of the airborne
equipment has been installed in the aircraft in accordance with the
installation and interunit-cabling instructions of Section IV.
2-23. Before re-installing the information recorder, and before
interconnecting the airborne system with the test set and test-set
accessories for the preflight ramp tests, the technician must
become thoroughly familiar with the test set. The theory of
operation is described in paragraphs 1-143 through 1-193.
Paragraphs 2-52 through 2-63 describe the test-set operating
procedures for maintenance tests, as well as for preflight tests.
2-24. OBJECTIVES OF THE PREFLIGHT RAMP TESTS. The
steps outlined in paragraphs 2-25 through 2-36 are directed
toward the following objectives:
2-13
411Linfovtelfopzlieleaset20.13,0145/2af ihaLeArRPRZAPP.910.9?E9C,149r1,91,9??1-1
s.c on 7 3 and 44, the transinititon or revelation of whim In any minim to an unaulhorinted portion Issplacreinloitea by low!
Approved For Release 200MCMRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
a. The test set is used to establish known signal levels at the
antennas of the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System. The signal
levels (in microwatts/square-meter) are established by adjusting
the power output of the test set for standard power levels.
b. The sensitivity of the antenna assemblies is determined by
measuring the antenna-output voltage with known signal levels
applied to the antennas. The sensitivity is noted on the Preflight
Test-Data Form.
c. With the known signal levels applied to the antennas, the
recording currents of the two channels are made equal.
d. Tones are recorded on the three tracks, and the recording
is monitored, thus providing an over-all system check.
e. Finally, the sensitivity of the Airborne Radar-Monitoring
System is calibrated by recording known signal levels. To provide
orientation reference, signals of different repetition rates are
recorded by the right-side and left-side tape tracks. The pulse
repetition frequencies of these "indexing" signals are noted on
the Preflight Test-Data Form. Recording the calibrating and
indexing signals completes the preflight testing and calibration of
the system.
2-25. SETTING UP THE EQUIPMENT.
2-26. The power switch supplying the airborne equipment must
be pre-set to the OFF position. Place the information recorder
in the aircraft, but do not connect the interunit cables until some
of the preflight tests have been performed.
2-27. Assemble the test set and accessory equipment near the
aircraft. Set up the equipment by proceeding as follows:
a. Locate the test set beneath the aircraft. To facilitate
measurements, the testset should be so oriented that the face of
the cathode-ray tube is shielded from ambient light. The test set
must not be located in strong magnetic fields, or false measure-
ments will be obtained.
2-14
SECRET
,piroameaslajEor? Release f2OL101451r23,14hCI,ArRIDEIZA15011,3P9E4MCl.al, QIN 0 1-1
cllen 43 ono r794, the transmission or revelation of which In any moon., to on unauthorized person It proniblted by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
b. Locate the horn-mounting tripod near the window containing
the right-side antenna assembly.
c. Mount the S-band (or X-band) horn on the tripod.
d. Adjust the tripod height and position until the axes of the
horn and reflector are aligned.
e. Adjust the distance between the horn and receiving antenna
to five feet for the S band or X band. The distance is measured
from the driven element in the horn to the driven element of the
dish.
f. Orient the horn so that it radiates waves which are
polarized in the same plane as the receiving antenna.
Note
The right-hand and left-hand sides of the aircraft
are defined when facing the nose of the aircraft
from the pilot's position.
2-28. ESTABLISHING KNOWN SIGNAL LEVELS AT THE
ANTENNA. After the equipment has been set up in the manner
described, apply. power to the test set and proceed as follows:
a. Connect W510 between the S-BAND OUT (or X-BAND OUT)
jack and the PWR. MON. jack.
b. Adjust the S-band power (as measured at the end of W510)
to 16 milliwatts. For an antenna-to-horn spacing of five feet,
this represents a power of 4. 6 milliwatts-per-square-meter at
the antenna. (Adjust the X-band power to 60 milliwatts. For an
antenna-to-horn spacing of five feet, this represents a power of
17.7 milliwatts-per-square-meter.)
c. Pulse modulate the r-f output signal at 1000 pps.
Revised: 2-15
20 September 56. A
Approved For Release 2000/ JP; RA/P751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
IS, U.S.C. Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation af which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
d. Disconnect W510 from the PWR MON jack, and connect the
cable to the S-band (or X-band) horn.
Note
The accuracy of the power level applied to the
airborne antennas depends upon accurate
positioning and orientation of the test horn, as
well as upon accurate power measurements.
2-29. TESTING THE SENSITIVITY OF THE ANTENNA ASSEMBLIES.
With the known signal level applied to the horn, test the sensitivity
of the antennas by proceeding as follows:
a. Disconnect P101 from J101 of the right-side information
amplifier.
b. Use the test-set oscilloscope to measure the peak-to-peak
voltage appearing at P101. If the sensitivity of the antenna
assembly is normal, the voltage will be .125 volts, peak-to-peak,
plus or minus three db (.090 to .175 volts). If the voltage is
outside the specified range, the antenna crystal should be replaced,
and the test repeated.
c. Perform the test on the left-side antenna assembly.
d. Record the data in (2a) of the Preflight Test-Data Form.
2-30. EQUALIZING THE SENSITIVITY OF THE RIGHT-SIDE
AND LEFT-SIDE INFORMATION CHANNELS. After establishing
a known signal level at the right-side antenna, P101 is reconnected
to J101, and the recording current for track number three is
adjusted. The current is measured and the adjustment is made
with the recording-bias source disabled. The recording current
for the left-side channel (track number two) is adjusted in a
similar manner. To perform these tests and adjustments, proceed
as follows:
2-16
Approved For Release 2000?PSRik- DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law,
Approved For Release 2000SECRIETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
a. Place the information recorder in a horizontal position
with the pins of the jacks pointing upward. Remove the information
recorder cover to gain access to TPI, TP4, R802, R804, and L703.
b. Disable the bias voltage by connecting a short clip lead
across L703.
c. Connect W511 between W1205 and the information recorder.
d. Apply power to the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System, and
wait approximately two minutes before proceeding.
e. Apply a signal level of 4. 6 milliwatts/square-meter to the
right-side S-band antenna (17.7 milliwatts/square-meter for the
X- band)
Voltages employed in this equipment
are dangerous. Proceed with caution
when operating the equipment with the
cover plates removed.
Use the oscilloscope to measure the peak-to-peak level of
the track-three recording current. To accomplish this, measure
the voltage between TP4 and ground; the voltage at TP4 is the IR
drop across a 100-ohm resistor.
g.
Adjust R804 for a peak-to-peak voltage reading of 1 2,5
millivolts. This voltage represents a recording current of 0.1 25
milliamperes.
h. Repeat the above procedure for the left-side information
channel. In the case of the left-side channel, the peak-to-peak
level of the track-two recording current is measured at TPI.
The current is adjusted by means of R802.
i. After the gain of the two channels has been equalized,
complete sub-paragraph (n) of the Preflight Test-Data Form,
Revised:
1 November 56. 2-
Approved For Release 2000?129tRIDP75B00300R000100100001-1 17
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorised person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SEC ET
turn the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System off, remove the clip
lead, and replace the cover of the information recorder.
2-31. TESTING THE INFORMATION RECORDER,
2-32. To test the three tracks of the information recorder, proceed
as follows:
a. Connect the information-recorder monitoring cable (W512)
to 3701.
b. Connect the headphones to the junction box of W512.
c. Connect the oscilloscope to the terminals of the W512
junction box.
d. The information recorded by the right side, left-side, and
tone channels may now be monitored by turning the junction-box
switch to the appropriate position, The peak-to-peak output voltage
may be measured on the oscilloscope.
2-33. Test recorder-track number one by proceeding as follows:
a. Apply power to the airborne equipment.
b. Turn the tone oscillators ("event markers") off by means
of the auxiliary control system contained in the aircraft.
c. Turn the markers on individually, monitoring the tones in
the headphones.
d. Use the oscilloscope to measure the level of the 1-kc, 1.3-kc,
1.7-kc, 2.3-kc, and 3-kc signals. If the equipment is operating
satisfactorily, the peak-to-peak voltage will be .2 volts, plus or
minus 3 db (.140 to .280 volts).
e. Enter the voltage readings in the blanks provided in sub-
paragraph (2c) of the Preflight Test-Data Form.
2-34. With power applied to the airborne equipment, record a
standard signal level on the tape, test record-track number three,
and record an indexing signal on the tape by proceeding as follows:
2-18
SECT
p.proved For Release 2000/05/23 : IA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
aocument contains information affecting the notional defense of the United Stotts within the meaning of the topionaes. Laws, Title
le, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/023 : C AfDP751300300R000100100001-1
(r ,a
a. Adjust the test set to provide a signal level of 4.6 milliwatts/
square-meter at the right-side S-band antenna. (17.7 milliwatts/
square-meter for the X-band.)
b. Pulse modulate the signal at a frequency of 1000 pps.
c. Thus, the sensitivity of the right-side channel of the
airborne system is established by a known signal on the tape.
Apply the signal for one minute,
d. Simultaneously, monitor the right-side information
channel with the headphones and oscilloscope.
e. Enter the monitor-voltage level in the appropriate space
on the Preflight Test-Data Form.
f. Pulse modulate the input signal at a frequency of 350 pps.
This is a.n indexing signal which identifies the right-side
information channel. Apply the signal for 30 seconds.
2-35. Set up the test-horn radiator and tripod assembly on the
left-hand side of the aircraft. With power applied to the airborne
equipment, record an indexing signal on the tape, record a
standard signal level on the tape, and test record-track number
two by proceeding as follows:
a. Adjust the test set to provide a signal level of 4. 6
milliwatts /square-meter at the left-side S-band antenna. (17.7
milliwatts/square-meter for the X-band. )
b. Pulse modulate the signal at a frequency of 1500 pps. This
is an indexing signal which identifies the left-side information
channel. Apply the signal for 30 seconds.
c. Pulse modulate the signal at a frequency of 1000 pps.
d. Thus the sensitivity of the left-side channel of the airborne
system is established by a known signal on the tape. Apply the
signal for one minute.
2-19
smcnET
AlPeoproyed For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
cumecontains Information affecting the national defense of the United Slates within this meaning of the Espionage Laws, Tiflis
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/SEICRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
e. Simultaneously, monitor the left-side information channel
with the headphones and oscilloscope.
f. Enter the monitor-voltage level in the appropriate space
on the Preflight Test-Data Form.
2-36. PREPARING THE AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT FOR FLIGHT.
After completing the above tests, turn off the power to the airborne
equipment, and remove the test equipment and accessories from
the vicinity of the aircraft. Install the information recorder in its mounting
rack and connect P702 to J702. Perform a thorough visual check of the
airborne installation. Be sure that all equipment covers are installed,
and that all mounting bolts are firmly in place. Check the mechanical
condition of the equipment and interconnecting cables. Check the
mechanical mating of all connectors to be sure that they will not become
disconnected due to vibration in flight.
2-37. RE-RECORDING PROCEDURE.
2-38. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR RE-RECORDING. The equipment
required for re-recording monitored signals at 7.5 inches-per-second
is listed in Table 2-3. A 60-cycle ?a-c power source of 115 volts is
required to operate the re-record equipment.
2-20
SECRET
Appr9ancicfcgrigRIRPH,A9h9Q/9.?/gaii PIMPF7515?41)301RP,QQ,1,0010D,021 -1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECCIET
Table 2-3. Units Comprising The Ground-Based
Re-Record System
A
Equipment
Designation
Used In This
Instruction Guide
Equipment
Designation
Used On
Equipment Nameplate
Equipment
Number
Designation
of
Used In
Units
Equipment Manual
Power Supplies
Magnetic Tape Re-
corder Model 350-3P
Power Supply 3
3741
Modified Master-)
Amplifier Unit )
)
)
)
)
Modified Slave- )
Amplifier Units )
Magnetic Tape
Recorder Model
350-3P
(Modified) 1
Master
Electronic
Assembly
5701R3-1
(Modified) 2
Slave
Electronic
Assembly
5701R3-3
High-Speed
Record
Transport
Magnetic Tape Re-
corder Model 350-3R
Serial Numbers:
55E185
55F145
55F185
55F146
Mechanical 1
Assembly 5700
Low-Speed
Playback
Transport
Magnetic Tape Re-
corder Model 350-3R
Serial Numbers:
55E184
55:F139
55F141
55F140
(Modified) 1
Mechanical
Assembly 5700
Set of Interconnecting Cables:
a. Three Power-Supply Extension
Cables
b. Two Bias-Interconnecting Cables
c. One Erase Cable (Part of Record
Transport)
d. One Power-Interconnecting Cable
e. One Power-Interconnecting Cable
(5759-1 modified to include W1301)
1. One Primary-Power Cable
1
3814
3730-2 ?
5759-1
2-21
Eg
Approved For Release 200? : A- er
RDP75600300R000100100001
Tins document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United Stater within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, MI.
10, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
2-39. SETTING UP THE RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT.
2-40. Set up the re-recording equipment in a convenient working
area, observing the following:
a. Place the portable case containing the power-supply units
below the work table or bench.
b. Place the rack containing the amplifier units on top of the
work table. Orient the rack and cases so that the controls are
readily accessible from the operating position.
c. Place the portable cases containing the tape-transport
mechanisms on top of the work table.
2-41. Preset the amplifier-unit controls as follows:
a. POWER: OFF.
b. RECORD LEVEL: 0.
c. METER AND OUTPUT SWITCH: RECORD LEVEL.
d. The setting of the PLAYBACK LEVEL controls is
unimportant.
2-42. Preset the low-speed tape-transport (playback) controls as
follows:
a. REEL SIZE: SMALL.
b. TAPE SPEED: LOW.
2-43. Preset the high-speed tape-transport (re-record) controls
as follows:
a. REEL SIZE: LARGE.
b. TAPE SPEED: HIGH.
2-44. Interconnect the units as shown in figure 1-24, and connect
the primary power cable to the a-c mains. The playback cables
from the high-speed (record) tape-transport mechanism are not
used.
SE
proved For Release 2000/05/23CR : A-T
RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Peaocument contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or, revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECREFDP75600300R000100100001-1
Note
Be careful to interconnect the record and playback
cables in the correct order, so that the data from
track No. 1 is transferred to track No. 1 of the
new recording.
2-45. REMOVING THE MAGNETIC-RECORDING TAPE FROM
THE INFORMATION RECORDER. Remove the magnetic-
recording tape from the information recorder by proceeding
as follows:
a. Disconnect P702 from J702 of the information recorder,
and remove the recorder from the aircraft.
b. Place the recorder in a horizontal position, with the pins
of the jacks pointing downward.
c. Remove the cover from the case by removing the six 6-32
machine screws.
d. Pu41-1 each of the four reel guides away from the reel rim,
and depress the friction pin to hold the guide in place.
e. Disengage the upper and lower driving gears from the
tape reels by pushing the driving gears away from the rim of the
tape reels.
f. Open the head cover by pulling the plunger up, turning the
head-cover control lever counterclockwise, and releasing the
plunger.
g. Rotate the upper reel counterclockwise to provide sufficient
slack for removing the tape from the tape guides, loop arms, etc.
h. Remove the reel-retaining cap.
i. Remove the tape reels, being careful not to break the tape.
To avoid misplacing the flanged bushing and reel-retaining cap,
place them on the reel-support shaft.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Note
When handling magnetic tape, keep the reels
away from strong magnetic fields, and do not
expose the reels to high temperatures. Strong
magnetic fields may contaminate recorded
data. High temperatures may cause the tape
to be distorted physically, thereby distorting
recorded data.
2-46. RE-RECORDING THE DATA.
2-47. Before beginning the re-recording process, it is necessary
to rewind the original data recording. Proceed as follows:
a. Place the tape reel marked TAKE-UP on the right-hand
spindle of the low-speed (playback) tape transport.
b. Place the tape reel mawked SUPPLY on the left-hand
spindle,
c. Thread the tape through the guides on the playback tape
transport as described in Section III of the accessory manual.
d. Rewind the data recording onto the SUPPLY reel.
2-48. Place a full reel of magnetic recording tape (MP 10146) on
the left-hand spindle of the high-speed (record) tape-transport
mechanism. Place an empty reel on the right-hand spindle.
Thread the tape in the manner described in the accessory manual.
2-49. Adjust the RECORD LEVEL controls by proceeding as
follows:
a. Turn the POWER switches ON. Allow five minutes of
warm-up time before proceeding with the re-recording operation.
b. Press the PLAY button on the high-speed tape-transport
mechanism.
c. Wait one second, and press any one of the RECORD buttons
on the amplifier units.
Approved For Release 2000 DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage tows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, Me transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200VidiffirP75B00300R000100100001-1
d. Press the PLAY button on the low-speed tape-transport
mechanism.
e. Monitor the tone channel (track one). With the event-
marking tones (1-kc, 1.3-kc, 1.7-kc, 2.3-kc, or 3-kc) being
played back, adjust the track-one RECORD LEVEL control for a
reading of -12 on the volume indicator.
1. Monitor the right-side information channel (track three).
When the 1000-cps calibrating signal is heard, adjust the ,track-
three RECORD LEVEL control for a reading of -20 on the volume
indicator. The right-side calibrating signal will be followed by
a 350-cps indexing signal.
g. Monitor the left-side information channel (track two). A
1500-cps indexing signal will be heard. Following this, a 1000-cps
calibrating signal will be heard. When the 1000-cps signal is
heard, adjust the track-two RECORD LEVEL control for a reading
of -20 on the volume indicator.
h. After adjusting the RECORD LEVEL controls for the
appropriate channels, stop the tape-transport mechanisms by
pressing the STOP buttons.
i. Re-wind the tapes using the procedure described in the
accessory manual.
2-50. Begin the re-recording process by following the procedures
of the preceeding paragraph, steps b through d.
Note
After the RECORD LEVEL controls have been
adjusted for the correct recording level, and
after the re-recording process has been started,
do not touch the equipment controls until the
re-recording process is complete. Adjusting
the RECORD LEVEL controls will disturb the
relationships between the calibrate-signal
2-25
SECRET
AiRPor,..9.xP11.0FtsqnrforniePoinea#elPg 3809119niaPEU oi the Unite; States within the0.9199.q.919.01.091 cs9.001 -1
,e, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
level and monitored-signal levels, Independently
stopping or starting either of the machines will
invalidate the data by causing discontinuities in
the time relationships of the event-marking
signals.
If data representing over one-and-one-half hours of monitoring
time is to be re-recorded, it will be necessary to interrupt the
recording process for the purpose of changing tape reels. Be
sure to stop both the playback and re-record machines
simultaneously. Use the procedures of the preceding paragraphs
when re-starting the machines, but do not reset the RECORD
LEVEL controls.
2-51. When re-recording is complete, stop the machines by
pressing the STOP buttons. Re-wind the tapes, turn the
equipment OFF, and remove the tapes from the machines.
Mark the date, aircraft number, mission number, and tape
number on the reels of tape containing the re-recorded data.
Store the re-recorded data with the corresponding Preflight
Test-Data Form.
2-52. OPERATING THE TEST SET.
2-53. GENERAL. The operating instructions contained in these
paragraphs must be followed closely. If the results specified are
not obtained, the test set may be defective. Correct any equipment
faults before using the test set for preflight or maintenance checks.
2-54. FUNCTIONS OF TEST-SET JACKS. Table 2-4 lists the
jacks mounted on the front panel of the equipment, and describes
their output or monitoring function. The functions.of jacks mounted
on the front panel of the oscilloscope are described in the instruction
manual supplied with the oscilloscope.
Revised: 2-26
20 September 56. Asp
Approved For Release 20 .1gr-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which 1st any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Table 2-4. Functions of Test-Set Jacks
Panel Designation Function
Output Jacks:
RECDR, TEST SIG. Provides trapezoidal Waveform at a
frequency of 350, 500, 1000, 1500 or
3000 cps. The signal. is applied to the
input of the information recorder when
that unit is tested independently.
S-BAND OUT
X-BAND OUT
VID. TEST SIG.
Provides adjustable levels of S-band
energy, either pulse modulated or
continuous wave, The signal is applied
to the S-band horn radiator when testing
the airborne system.
Provides adjustable levels of X-band
energy, either pulse modulated or
continuous wave. The signal is applied
to the X-band horn radiator when testing
the airborne system.
Provides short pulses at a repetition rate
of 350, 500, 1000, 1500 or 3000 pps. The
signal is applied to the information
amplifiers when these units are tested
independently,
Monitoring Jack:
PWR, MON.
The S-band or X-band energy is applied to
this jack, and the power level is read on
the front-panel r-f wattmeter with the
MODULATION switch in the CW position.
2-55. TEST-SET OPERATING CONTROLS. Before attempting
to use the test set, study table 2-5 in order to become familiar
with the operating controls and their function. Also, refer to
the instruction manual supplied with the oscilloscope.
Revised: 2-27
20 September 56.
Approved For Release 200?RSP. giRDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains inTormation affecting the national defense of the United Stoles within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Table 2-5. Test-Set Operating Controls
Panel Designation
Function Preset Position
Output Controls:
REPETITION RATE
ON-OFF
S-BAND ATT.
X-BAND ATT.
OUTPUT
MODULATION
Selects output pulse rates
of 350, 500, 1000, 1500,
or 3000 pps.
Applies power to the test
set.
Controls output of S-band
klystron.
Controls output of X-band
klystron.
Supplies filament voltage
to either S-band or X-band
klystron.
Selects either pulsed or
continuous-wave klystron
output.
1000
OFF
Mid-Range
Mid-Range
As Required
PULSE
Monitoring Controls:
S- WAVEME TER Controls frequency of
calibrated absorption
wavemeter. Used to
measure frequency of
S-band energy.
X-WAVEMETER Controls frequency of
calibrated absorption
wavemeter. Used to
measure frequency of
X-band energy.
POWER ZERO SET Calibrates r-f wattmeter
with zero power applied.
Mid-Range
Mid-Range
Mid-Range
WARNING
Potentials as high as 1800 volts are employed in the
test set. Voltages of this magnitude are dangerous,
and every precaution should be taken to avoid bodily
contact. The equipment is not dangerous when
completely enclosed in its cabinet. Do not operate
the test set with the cabinet removed.
Revised: 2-28
20 S
ApproveaTerheeie5a6de 20gNM-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
2-56. ENERGIZING THE TEST SET. Before energizing the test
set, be sure that the fuse holders contain 3-amp fuses. To
energize the test set, proceed as follows:
a. Preset the controls to the positions indicated in table 2-5.
b. Connect one end of the a-c power cable to the front-panel
jack and connect the other end of the cable to a 115-volt, 60-cycle,
a-c source.
c. Place the ON-OFF switch in the ON position. The panel
lamp will light as soon as power is applied. Wait one minute
before proceeding.
2-57. OBTAINING TRAPEZOIDAL OR PULSE OUTPUT FROM
THE TEST SET. When the MODULATION switch is in the PULSE
position, a trapezoidal output signal is available at the RECDR.
TEST SIG, jack and a pulse output signal is available at the VID.
TEST SIG. jack. The output frequency is selected by setting the
REPETITION RATE control. Normal peak-to-peak voltage at
the RECDR. TEST SIG. jack is 20 volts. Normal peak-to-peak
voltage at the VID. TEST SIG. jack is 60 millivolts.
2-58. OBTAINING PULSED S-BAND OR PULSED X-BAND
OUTPUT FROM THE TEST SET. The procedure for obtaining
a signal of known power level, frequency, and repetition rate is
based on the four steps listed below:
1. Calibration of the r-f wattmeter with zero r-f power applied.
2. Adjustment of the klystron output power to the desired level.
3. Frequency check.
4. Selection of pulse-modulation rate.
2-59. To calibrate the r-f wattmeter proceed as follows:
a. Preset the test-set controls as in table 2-5, but with the
MODULATION switch in the CW position.
b. Set the OUTPUT switch to either S-BAND or X-BAND.
Revised:2-29
20 September 56.
Approved For Release 200ANPLFrATRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law,
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
c. Apply a-c power to the test set and allow about five minutes
for the equipment to warm up.
d. With no power applied to the PWR. MON, jack, adjust the
POWER ZERO SET control to obtain a reading of zero on the R-F
WATTS meter.
2-60. To adjust the klystron output power continue the procedure
as follows:
a. Connect the PWR, MON. jack to the output jack (S-BAND
OUT, X-BAND OUT) which corresponds to the position of the
OUTPUT switch.
b. Adjust the attenuator (S-BAND ATT., X-BAND ATT.) for
the desired reading on the r-f wattmeter.
Note
To check the pulsed output of the klystron, connect
the crystal detector to the output jack, and connect
the oscilloscope VERTICAL AMP. INPUT to the
output of the crystal detector. With the MODULATION
switch in the PULSE position, the detected output
pulse of the klystron may be observed.
2-61. The frequency of the S-band signal should be 2850 mc :125 mc,
and the frequency of the X-band signal should be 9000 mc +25 mc.
To check the frequency of the output signal continue the procedure
as follows:
a. With the MODULATION switch in the CW position, adjust
the wavemeter for a dip in the reading of the r-f wattmeter using
the S-band wavemeter, the frequency can be determined from a
graph supplied with the test set. Using the X-band wavemeter,
the frequency can be read directly from the calibrated dial.
b. With the MODULATION switch in the PULSE position,
adjust the wavemeter for .a dip in pulse amplitude as noted on the
oscilloscope.
Revised:
2-30
Approved For Release 20C? . I -RDP75600300R000100100001-1
20 September 56.
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 79S and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law,
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
c. After determining the operating frequency, detune the
wavemeter so that maximum power can be obtained from the
klystron.
If the frequency of the input signal is incorrect, the test set must
be removed from its case, and the klystrons must be tuned
mechanically. After tuning a klystron, its repeller voltage must
be adjusted for maximum PULSE and CW output.
2-62. To select the pulse-modulation rate, place the MODULATION
switch in the PULSE position, and set the REPETITION RATE
control for the desired pulse rate.
2-63. OPERATING THE OSCILLOSCOPE. The oscilloscope
instruction manual describes in detail the operating procedures
for the instrument.
(Next page: 2-36)
Revised: 2-31
20 September 56.
Approved For Release 200?KMRDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United State, within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to art unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
MISSING PAGE
ORIGINAL DOCUMENT MISSING PAGE(S):
d ci 3 -S?
i t) 3 I
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 .XIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
SECRET
LOWER DRIVING
GEAR
REEL GUIDE
REEL GUI DE
LOOP ARM
NO. I
????-re)
SUPPLY REEL
TAKE -1,.,P)ZEEL
C TAPE
REEL- SUPPORT SHAFT
AS
REEL-RETAINING CAP
HEAD COVER
CLOSED
OPEN
,
--TRANSITION GUIDE
TAPE CAPSTAN
JAM ROLLER
PLUNGER
HEAD-COVER CONTROL LEVER
HEAD 1ASSEMBLY
UPPER DRIVING
GEAR
-REEL GU IDE
-- REEL GUIDE
LOOP ARM
NO. 2
Revised:
1 November 56.
Figure 2-1. Information Recorder, Details
of Tape-Loading Procedure
SECRET
2-36
Approved For Release 2000/Setrair75B00300R000100100001-1
AIRBORNE RADAR-MONITORING SYSTEM
SECTION III
MAINTENANCE DATA AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
3-1. GENERAL.
3-2. This section of the instruction guide contains trouble-isolation
procedures, specific instructions for the replacement and adjustment
of electrical and mechanical components, and preventative mainten-
ance data. The general maintenance procedures apply to the ground-
based test set and ground-based re-record equipment, as well as
to the airborne equipment.
3-3. Before attempting to isolate and correct trouble in the
equipment, a technician must become thoroughly familiar with the
theory of operation (Section I of this instruction guide).
3-4. DETECTING TROUBLE IN THE AIRBORNE OR GROUND-
BASED RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT. Any malfunction of the airborne
or ground-based units will be observed in one or more of the
following ways:
a. During the preflight bench procedures.
b. During the preflight ramp tests.
c. During the re-recording process.
d. During the comprehensive 50-hour bench tests.
3-5. DETECTING TROUBLE DURING THE PREFLIGHT BENCH
PROCEDURES. These procedures will detect mechanical or
electro-mechanical defects in the information recorder. In
general, troubles can be analyzed by close visual observation of
the operating sequence. Once the faulty component has been
isolated, it should be replaced or adjusted, following the procedures
outlined in paragraph 3-29.
SECRET
AptarQued .Far ge,Lease,2001140/231; AIAGRAIP 7,415QPIARQPP 101 QPI1121 -1
a ,
8, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation or which In any manner to an unauthorized person It prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/0getalpP751300300R000100100001-1
3-6. DETECTING TROUBLE DURING THE PREFLIGHT RAMP
TESTS. These tests will detect electronic defects in the antennas,
information amplifiers, information recorder, and associated
cables. Performing the preflight tests in the sequence indicated
in Section II will assist in isolating the defective unit. Subsequent
bench tests will isolate the stage, and finally the component.
3-7. DETECTING TROUBLE DURING THE RE-RECORD
PROCESS. While re-recording the original data, the technician
should monitor the information to determine that it is continuous.
Intermittent operation of the airborne or ground-based equipment
may only be revealed by discontinuities of the final re-recorded
data.
3-8. DETECTING TROUBLE DURING THE COMPREHENSIVE
50-HOUR BENCH TESTS. These tests will detect marginal per-
formance characteristics which may not be revealed by the pre-
flight or re-recording procedures.
3-9. GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR ISOLATING TROUBLE.
3-10. TYPES OF TROUBLE. There are three basic types of
equipment troubles:
a. Equipment inoperative.
b. Intermittent operation.
C, Marginal performance.
These three types of trouble require slightly different isolation
techniques. The techniques used in isolating the basic types of
trouble apply to the airborne-equipment, ground-based re-record
equipment, and ground-based test set.
3-11. EQUIPMENT INOPERATIVE. In cases where the equipment
is found to be inoperative, isolate the trouble by proceeding as
follows:
SCCT
Aipproved For Release 2000/05/23 . 1A-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
ocument contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
is, U,S,C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohlblted by law.
Approved For Release 2000/0?/a?.?
bac'
P751300300R000100100001-1
a. Visual inspection. Be sure that all connectors are mated,
and that all components are in place. With power applied to the
equipment, be sure that the filaments of all tubes are lit,
b. Power-supply test. Measure all power supply voltages,
including the primary-power source. Where full-load voltages
are tabulated, defects in related units can influence the voltages
significantly.
c. Signal tracing. Apply a standard signal level to the input of
the system or unit, and compare the results of stage-by-stage
tests with tabulated performance data. The stage failing to yield
the proper output signal is assumed to be defective. At this point,
it is especially important to have a thorough understanding of the
theory of operation of the equipment, since circuits external to
the suspected stage may be responsible for malfunction of the
stage.
d. Component isolation. Measure the operating potentials of
the defective stage, and compare the results with the tabulated
data. By correlating this information with the schematic diagram
of the unit, it is possible to determine which group of components
maybe defective. With the equipment turned off, measure the
resistance of the components, and compare the results with the
tabulated data. In general, if the voltage appearing at the
electrode of a tube or transistor is abnormal, but the resistance
measurement is correct, the tube or transistor should be replaced.
If other components are suspected, they may have to be dis-
connected from the circuit to be tested.
3-12. INTERMITTENT OPERATION. In cases where the airborne
equipment has failed in flight, but operates satisfactorily using
the bench-test equipment, the interunit cabling system should be
removed from the aircraft and employed in the bench-test set-up.
Occasionally, an intermittent cable defect, which had caused
C
Approved For Release 2000/05I3 : DP75600300R000100100001-1
fl d. document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Slates within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA7EDP75B00300R000100100001-1
SECRET
equipment failure in the aircraft, will not occur on the bench.
Intermittent cables and intermittent components are difficult to
isolate. The basic technique for locating intermittencies
involves the procedures outlined in paragraph 3-11. However,
the trouble must first be precipitated by physically manipulating
cables and components while observing the output of the equipment
on an oscilloscope. For maximum probability of trouble detection,
adjust the horizontal sweep of the oscilloscope for a slow writing
speed (10 cps). The technique of isolating intermittent operation
of the airborne equipment also applies to the ground-based
equipment.
3-13. MARGINAL PERFORMANCE. In cases where the perform-
ance of the equipment is marginal (low sensitivity, hum, noise,
poor frequency response; distortion, limited dynamic range),
more precise measurements must be made. The tests designed
to evaluate the performance of the equipment, along with a
tabulation of the normal-performance characteristics, are con-
tained in the paragraphs covering routine maintenance. The
procedures of paragraph 3-11 are followed in isolating the
defective stage or component.
3-14. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR PERFORMING TESTS AND
ISOLATING TROUBLE.
3-15. The tabulated waveforms and performance characteristics
can be duplicated using Unit-Essential Equipment. The Unit.
Essential Equipment includes all of the equipment necessary to
operate, repair, and maintain the Airborne Radar-Monitoring
System, Unit-Essential Equipment necessary for preflight
bench procedures, preflight ramp tests, and routine operation
Is listed in Section II of this instruction guide. Unit-Essential
Equipment necessary for isolating trouble, performing extensive
maintenance tests, and adjusting the airborne equipment is
listed in Table 3-1,
Approved For Release 2000?N2c:t1IDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Thi, document contains Information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the mooning of the Espionage Lows, Title
IS, USC., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorised person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 20091/61WDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-1. Unit-Essential Equipment Used in Maintaining
the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System
Equipment
MP
Number
Flutter meter. Ranges: 0 - 0. 5, 0 - 2%.
Portable frequency meter. Range: 56-64 cps.
0-3 oz. scale.
0-30 oz. scale.
Audio oscillator. Range: 5 cps - 600 kc.
Output: 20 Volts (no load). Internal
impedance: 600 ohms.
Oscilloscope. Driven sweep to 0.1 microsecond
per cm. (Requires plug-in preamplifier.)
Plug-in preamplifier. High gain.
Sensitivity: 5 my. /cm. Frequency
response to 9 mc.
Plug-in preamplifier. Dual trace.
Sensitivity: 0. 05 v. /cm. Frequency
response to 8.5 mc.
Attenuator probe.
Stroboscopic (tachometer) lamp.
Tool kit, electronic technician.
Tool kit, laboratory.
Vacuum-tube voltmeter. Frequency response: 20 cps-
700 mc. Range: 0 - 300 volts ac and dc. Input
resistance and capacitance: 10 megohms, 1.5
rnicromicrofarads.
Jig for testing electronics board of information
recorder
MP10194
MP10208
MP10207
MP10165
MP10206
MP10218
MP10148
MP10230
MP10187
MP10188
MP10190
MP10192
MP10213
MP10225
3-16. In addition to Unit-Essential Equipment, the base testing
facility must be equipped with suitable interconnecting cables for
the airborne equipment, a 28-volt d-c source of power for the
airborne equipment, and a 115-volt a-c 60-cycle source of power
for the test equipment.
SECRET
A,Rpraxpainpro rateme, ao290?2?;tc 1AII -d 9$ a es prg000qicool.00l00001-1
, , whin o mean4ns he l'plena* Laws, he
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner 10 an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
WARNING I
Approved For Release 2000/SECREF1675B00300R000100100001-1
Voltages employed in this equipment are dangerous
to life. Proceed with caution when operating the
equipment with the cover plates removed.
3-17. ISOLATING TROUBLE IN THE SYSTEM BY MEANS OF
WAVEFORM DATA. Tables 3-2 through 3-5 contain waveform
data which may be used to determine whether a system fault
originates in the airborne equipment or in the ground-based
re-record equipment. Although the waveform data includes a
rather limited number of test conditions, the waveforms are
representative of conditions involving maximum and minimum
pulse-repetition rates, and maximum and minimum pulse
amplitudes.
3-18. The waveforms in tables 3-'2 through 3-5 are to be
observed under the conditions described in the tables.
Table 3-2. Waveform Data for Over-All System
Tests, High-Amplitude 500,pps Input
Apply input signal as follows: 1-microsecond pulse rise
time less than .07 microseconds),
500 pulses-per-second, 1 volt
peak-to-peak, to J101 of left-
side information amplifier.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
20-millivolts/vertical-division,
500-microseconds /ho rizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at
TP1.
3-6
SECRET
Appriand Ear, ftlaiasec2Pali05123,4.CIAR.DRZABOO.1011130Q0ABOAODOGI -1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any Manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-2. Waveform Data for Over-All System
Tests, High-Amplitude 500-pps Input
(Continued)
After recording the signal on the tape, place the tape on the low-
speed playback transport, and re-record the signal at 7.5 inches-
per-second. On the re-record amplifier unit for track number
two, set the controls as follows: EQUALIZATION SWITCH in
LOW SPEED position, RECORD LEVEL set for reading of -3 on
VU meter (for previously recorded 1000-pps 1-volt peak-to-peak
signal), LINE TERM in ON
position, PLAYBACK LEVEL
set for reading of 0 on VU
meter (at 1000 pps).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts /vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
After re-recording the ignal at 7.5 inches-per-second, playback
the re-recorded tape by )proceeding as follows: connect the play-
back head of the high-speed re-record transport to the PLAYBACK
HEAD jack of the track-two amplifier, set the EQUALIZATION
SWITCH in HIGH SPEED position, place the LINE TERM switch
in the ON position, and set the PLAYBACK LEVEL, control for a
reading of 0 on the VU meter (for
previously recorded 1000-pps
1-volt peak-to-peak signal).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts /vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
3-7
SECRET
Aproved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP7500300R0901001 0001-1
Tills document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States wit n the meaning o t e Espionage ws,f9le
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 20Strettelp-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-3. Waveform Data for Over-All System
Tests, Low-Amplitude 500-pps Input
Apply input signal as follows: 1-microsecond pulse
time less than .07 microseconds),
500 pulses-per-second, 8 milli-
volts peak-to-peak, to J101 of
left-side information amplifier.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-millivolt/vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at
TP1.
rise
After recording the signal on the tape, place the tape on the low-
speed playback transport, and re-record the signal at 7.5 inches-
per-second. On the re-record amplifier unit for tracknumber two,
set' the controls as follows: EQUALIZATION SWITCH in LOW SPEED
position, RECORD LEVEL set for reading of -3 on VU meter (for
previously recorded 1000-pps 1-volt peak-to-peak signal), LINE
TERM in ON position, PLAYBACK
LEVEL set for reading of 0 on VU
meter (at 1000 pps).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
100-millivolts/vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
After re-recording the signal at 7.5 inches-per-second, playback
the re-recorded tape by proceeding as follows: connect the playback
head of the high-speed re-record transport to the PLAYBACK HEAD
jack of the track-two amplifier, set the EQUALIZATION SWITCH in
HIGH SPEED position, place the LINE TERM switch in the ON
position, and set the PLAYBACK
LEVEL control for a reading of 0
on the VU meter (for previously
recorded 1000-pps 1-volt peak-
to-peak signal).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
100-millivolts /vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
3-8
Approved For Release 20AKREIERDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/0SEMETP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-4. Waveform Data for Over-All System
Tests, High-Amplitude 4000-pps Input
Apply input signal as follows: 1-microsecond pulse (rise time
less than .07 microseconds),
4000 pulses-per-second, 1-volt
peak-to-peak, to J101 of left-
side information amplifier.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
20-millivolts/vertical division,
100 -microve conds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at
TP1.
After recording the signal on the tape, place the tape on the low-speed
playback transport, and re-record the signal at 7.5 inches-per-second.
On the re-record amplifier unit for track number two, set the controls
as follows: EQUALIZATION SWITCH in LOW SPEED position, RECORD
LEVEL set for reading of -3 on VU meter (for previously recorded
1000-pps 1-volt peak-to-peak signal),
LINE TERM in ON position,
PLAYBACK LEVEL set for reading
of 0 on VU meter (at 1000 pps).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts/vertical-division,
100-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
After re-recording the signal at 7.5 inches-per-second, playback the
re-recorded tape by proceeding as follows: connect the playback head
of the high-speed re-record transport to the PLAYBACK HEAD jack
of the track-two amplifier, set the EQUALIZATION SWITCHinHIGH
SPEED position, place the LINE TERM switch in the ON position, and
set the PLAYBACK LEVEL control
for a reading of 0 on the VU meter
(for previously recorded 1000-pps
1-volt peak-to-peak signal).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts /vertical-division,
100-microseconds/horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
3-9
Approved For Release 2000ASKRIMP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/SetritTP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-5. Waveform Data for Over-All System
Tests, Low-Amplitude 4000-pps Input
Apply input signal as follows: 1-microsecond pulse (rise time
less than .07 microseconds),
4000 pulses-per-second, 8
millivolts peak-to-peak, to
J101 of left-side information
amplifier.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-millivolt/vertical-division,
100-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at TP1.
After recording the signal on the tape, place the tape on the low-speed
playback transport, and re-record the signal at 7.5 inches-per-second.
On the re-record amplifier unit for track number two, set the controls
as follows: EQUALIZATION SWITCH in LOW SPEED position, RECORD
LEVEL set for reading of -3 on VU meter (for previously recorded
1000-pps 1-volt peak-to-peak signal),
LINE TERM in ON position,
PLAYBACK LEVEL set for reading
of 0 on VU meter (at 1000 pps).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
100-millivolts/vertical-division,
100-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
After re-recording the signal at 7.5 inches-per-second, playback the
re-recorded tape by proceeding as follows: connect the playback head
of the high-speed re-recordtransport to the PLAYBACK HEAD jack
of the track-two amplifier, set the EQUALIZATION SWITCH in HIGH
SPEED position, place the LINE TERM switch in the ON position, and
set the PLAYBACK LEVEL control
for a reading of 0 on the VU meter
(for previously recorded 1000-pps
1-volt peak-to-peak signal).
Set oscilloscope as follows:
100-millivolts/vertical-division,
100-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack.
3-10
Approved For Release 2000/MPRNIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECE1ET
3-19. ISOLATING TROUBLE IN THE AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT,
3-20. GENERAL,
3-21. Performing the preflight tests in the sequence indicated in
Section II will automatically isolate a defective antenna diode. If
other units of the system do not perform satisfactorily, units Of
known performance may be substituted for defective units.
Replacement of antenna diodes and substitution of units are the only
types of trouble isolation and correction that should be effected at
advanced field locations,
3-22. A.s described in paragraph 3-11, the procedure for isolating
trouble in the airborne equipment involves signal tracing, voltage
measurements, and resistance measurements. The measure-
ments obtained using a standard bench test set-up are then
compared with waveforms, voltages, and resistances for a normal
equipment.
3-23. To isolate trouble in the airborne equipment, remove the
units from the aircraft, interconnect the units, apply power, and
proceed as follows:
a. Measure power-supply output voltage.
b. Apply a standard signal to the input of the information
amplifier.
c. Check waveforms, and perform voltage and resistance
measurements as required in the information amplifier.
d. Check waveforms, and perform voltage and resistance
measurements as required in the information recorder.
3-24. NORMAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
VIBRATOR 1.)-C SUPPLY. Table 3-6 contains voltage data
which may be noted for the purpose of evaluating the performance
of the vibrator 1)-C supply, The voltage measurements are to
be made under the conditions described in the table.
gcrkql"
Approved For Release 200 / : A-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Thls document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Tftlis
18, U.S,C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Table 3-6. Performance Data, Vibrator D-C Supply
The data in this table to be taken with the equipment units inter-
connected for normal airborne operation. Voltages measured
to ground.
Primary Supply Voltage
Measured at pin D of J102 Maximum: 29.5 volts
Minimum: 27.5 volts
Output of Vibrator D-C Supply
Measured at pin E of J102
Measured at pin C of J102
Maximum: 230 volts
Minimum: 215 volts
Maximum level of hum
and noise: 2 volts
(peak-to-peak)
Maximum: 120 volts
Minimum: 105 volts
Maximum level of hum
and noise: 1 volt
(peak-to-peak).
Approved For Release 2000AN29RKIDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECREPr75B00300R000100100001-1
3-25. INFORMATION-AMPLIFIER WAVEFORM DATA. Table 3-7
contains waveforms which may be observed for the purpose of
isolating a defective stage in the information amplifier. The wave-
forms are to be observed under the conditions described in the
table.
Table 3-7. Typical Waveforms, Information Amplifier
Apply input signal as follows: 2-microsecond pulses (rise time
less than .07 microseconds), 1000 pulses-per-second, 150
millivolts peak-to-peak, to J101.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
50-millivolts/vertical-division,
1-microsecond/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
grid (pin 3) of V101.
?
Set oscilloscope as follows:
200-millivolts/vertical-division,
1-microsecond/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
grid (pin 3) of V102.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
200-millivolts/vertical-division,
1-microsecond/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at
cathode (pin 2) of V106.
-
Approved For Release 2000/ARKP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/C5ECRETP751300300R000100100001-1
Table 3-7. Typical Waveforms, Information Amplifier
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
200-millivolts /vertical-division,
1-microsecond/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
cathode (pin 2) of V102.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1 -volt /vertical-divis ion,
1 -mic ros econd/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 1) of V102.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
2-volts /vertical-division,
1 -microsecond /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 1) of V103.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts /vertical-division,
1-microsecond/horizontal-
division,
Observe waveform at:
grid (pin 3) of V104.
3-14
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
hi document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person k prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/OSECRETP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-7. Typical Waveforms, Information Amplifier
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
2-volts/vertical-division,
1-microsecond/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
grid (pin 3) of V107.
,
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 1) of V108.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /ho rizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
cathode (pin 2) of V108.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
10-volts/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 1) of V109.
SECRET
national anions, :offeiPtini7c!dIRE?
20,21291wosoT291-1
18, .U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or rill/elation or which in any manner to an unauthorinzed person is prohibited by.' law.
Approved For Release 2000/Mktr75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-7. Typical Waveforms, Information Amplifier
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal-
Observe waveform at:
cathode (pin 2) of V110.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
ZOO-millivolts/vertical-division,
ZOO-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
grid (pin 3) of V105.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
500-millivolts /vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
pin A of J103,
3-26. INFORMATION-AMPLIFIER VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE
DATA. Table 3-8 contains voltage and resistance data which may
be noted for the purpose of isolating a defective component in the
information amplifier. The voltage and resistance measurements
are to be made under the conditions described in the table.
Approved For Release 2000/05SECRET75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECIETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-8. Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Information Amplifier
The VOLTAGE DATA in this
table to be taken under the
following conditions:
1.
All airborne units (except antennas)
interconnected for normal operation.
2.
No signal applied to system,
3.
Primary power: 28-volts dc.
4.
Unless otherwise specified, measure-
-
ments made with a 20,000 ohm}/volt
m.ul time te r. '
5.
Where (*) specified, measurements
made with a VTVM having an input
impedance of 10 megohms.
6.
Filament voltage is measured between
pins 4 and 5. All other voltages are
measured to ground.
The RESISTANCE DATA in
this table to be taken
under the following
conditions:
1.
Information amplifier not inter-
connected with other units.
2.
No signal applied to system.
3.
Primary power turned off.
4.
Unless otherwise specified, measure-
ments made with a multimeter, with
negative meter lead grounded.
5.
Where (*) specified, measurements
made with a VTVM.
6.
Filament resistance is measured
between pins 4 and 5. All other
resistances are measured to ground.
Terminal Number
?
Component
1
2
3
4 and 5
'
volts
62
*1.53
*0
6.2
V101
ohms
37K
260
17K
4. 2
volts
108
34.5
24.5
6.5
V102
ohms
*75M
3.4K
108K
4.3
Revised:
EC Approved For Release 2000/?g3 : KfTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
1 November 56.
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-7
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-8. Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Information Amplifier
(Continued)
Component
Terminal Number
1
2
3
4 and 5
volts
240
1 2. 5
*0
6. 2
V103
ohms
*75M
2,4K
108K
4. 2
V104
volts
225
52
33.2
6,4
ohms
*75M
17K
1 1 8K
4. 4
V105
volts
59
10,7
4.5
6.4
ohms
35K
11K
*2. 6M
4. 2
V106
volts
95
51
43
6.4
ohms
33K
UK
280K
4,2
V107
volts
86
52,5
52
6.4
ohms
45K
32K
25K
4.3
V108
volts
51
6. 8
*1. 25
6.3
ohms
71K
6K
5.1K
4.4
V109
volts
28
6, 8
6. 7
6.4
ohms
71K
6K
*5N6
4.4
V110
volts
47
13
10.5
6.4
ohms
55K
4,3K
*1. 1 5M
4,5
V111
volts
*. 77
1 3
* . 77
6. 2
ohms
*1M
4.3K
*IM
4.2
3-27. INFORMATION-RECORDER WAVEFORM DATA. Table 3-9
contains waveforms which may be observed for the, purpose of
isolating a defective stage in the information recorder. The waveforms
are to be observed under the conditions described in the table.
Revised:
Apprarroll-WelVdse 2000 FIRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-18
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
To observe waveforms generated in the bias and erase circuits,
proceed as follows: interconnect the equipment for normal
operation; short Kl, K2, K3, K4, and K5 to ground; and apply
power.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
100-millivolts/vertical-division,
20-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
base of Q705.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
10-volts/vertical-division,
20-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
base of Q704.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
10-volts/vertical-division,
20-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
base of Q706.
3-19
SECRET
APKconv, F13,PISasc.9 Z4994012,11 AliatRial'15130,0,30,0gaGotoomiwos-1
n contains or ? 5
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/2SECRETB00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
100-millivolts/vertical-division,
20-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
TP3.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
100-millivolts/vertical-division,
20-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
TP1, TP4, TP6.
To observe waveforms generated in the 1.3-kc, 1.7-kc, 2.3-kc,
and 3.0-kc tone-oscillator circuits, proceed as follows: inter-
connect the equipment for normal operation; short Ki, K2, K3,
and K4 to ground; and apply power. Only the stage-by-stage
waveforms of the 3.0-kc oscillator are shown, but these wave-
forms are typical of the 1.3-kc, 1.7-kc, and 2.3-kc oscillators
also.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
500-millivolts/vertical-division,
100-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
cathode (pin 5) of V701B.
3-20
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage taws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/5ECIETP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
2-volts/vertical-division,
100-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
grid (pin 2) of V701A.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
100 -microse cond.s /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
grid (pin 2) of V702.A.
-
lof
Set oscilloscope as follows:
10-volts/vertical-division,
100-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
TP3000.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
100-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
K5, or pin E of J703.
3-21
Approved For Release 2000/AMMTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Short Ki, K2, K3 and
K5 to ground.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
100-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
1(4, or pin D of J703
Short Ki, K2, K4 and
K5 to ground.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
K3, or pin C of J703.
Short Ki, K3, 1(4 and
K5 to ground.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
K2, or pin B of J703.
To observe waveforms generated in the 1-kc oscillator circuits,
proceed as follows: interconnect the equipment for normal
operation; short 1(2, K3, K4, and K5 to ground; and apply power.
3-22
Approved For Release 2000/0SAMFRTP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the trantmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CSECRIT300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
200-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
base of Q702.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-volts/vertical-division,
200-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
collector of Q702.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
0-millivolts /vertical -division,
200-microseconds/horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
base of Q703.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
2-volts/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
TP1000.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : gc1/3710300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/25Ertfarr00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-volt/vertical-division,
200-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
Ki, or pin A of J703.
To observe waveforms in the recording-head circuits, proceed
as follows: interconnect the equipment for normal operation,
and apply power.
Short K2, K3, K4, and
K5 to ground.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-millivolts/vertical-division,
1000-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
TP6.
Short K1, K3, K4 and
K5 to ground.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-millivolts /vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
TP6.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/05/2391CRUB00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-24
Approved For Release 2000/0StatEr75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Short Ki, K2, K3, and
K4 to ground.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-millivolts/vertical-division,
500-microseconds/horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
TP6.
Apply input signal as follows;
2-microsecond pulses (rise time
less than .07 microseconds), 1000
pulses-per-second, 150 millivolts
peak-to-peak, to 3101-LEFT.
Set oscilloscope as follows;
5-millivolts /vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal-division.
Observe waveform at:,
TP1.
Apply input signal as follows:
2-microsecond pulses (rise time
less than .07 microseconds), 1000
pulses-per-second, 150 millivolts
peak-to-peak, to J101 -RIGHT.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
5-millivolts/vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal-division.
Observe waveform at:
TP4.
To observe waveforms in the playback and monitoring circuits,
proceed as follows: interconnect the equipment for normal
operation; short Ki, K3, K4, and K5 to ground; apply an input
signal consisting of 2-microsecond pulses (rise time less than
.07 microseconds), 1000 pulses-per-second, 150 millivolts
peak-to-peak, to 3101-RIGHT; connect pin E to pin H of 3701
to apply heater voltage to the monitor-amplifier stage; and apply
power.
3-25
SC
Approved For Release 2000/05/E
. . ..AT75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 5ECRE5T00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-millivolt/vertical-division,
500-microseconds/horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
P709.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1-millivolt/vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 8) of V711B.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
50-millivolts /vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 8) of V714B.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
50-millivolts /vertical-division,
500 -microseconds /ho rizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
pin R of J703.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmissloo et revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
3-26
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 :SECRET0300R000100100001-1
Table 3-9. Typical Waveforms, Information Recorder
(Continued)
Set oscilloscope as follows:
1 -millivolt/vertical-division,
500 to 1200-microseconds/
horizontal-division.
Observe waveform at:
P701.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
2-millivolts /vertical-division,
500 -microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 8) of V709B.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
50-millivolts /vertical -division,
500-microseconds /horizontal-
division.
Observe waveform at:
plate (pin 8) of V712B.
Set oscilloscope as follows:
50-millivolts/vertical-division,
500-microseconds /horizontal -
division.
Observe waveform at:
pin N of J703.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 :SECRIET00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
3-28. INFORMATION-RECORDER VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE
DATA. Table 3-10 contains voltage and resistance data which
may be noted for the purpose of isolating a defective component
in the information recorder. The voltage and resistance measure-
ments are to be made under the conditions described in the table.
Table 3-10. Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Information Recorder
The VOLTAGE DATA in this
table to be taken under the
following conditions:
1. All airborne units (except
antennas) interconnected for
normal operation.
2. No signal applied to system.
3. Primary power: 28-volts dc.
4. Measurements made with
20,000 ohm/volt multimeter.
5. All voltage measured to
ground.
The RESISTANCE DATA in
this table to be taken under
the following conditions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Printed-circuit board assembly
disconnected from information
recorder.
No signal applied to system.
Primary power turned off.
Measurements made with a
multimeter.
Unless otherwise specified, all
resistance measured to ground.
Where (*) specified, resistance
measu.red to pin T of J703.
i.*IrCAUTIONJ
Meter current may damage transistors. Do not
perform resistance measurements which will cause
current to flow through the transistors.
3-28
Approved For Release 20005X. IFLP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Mai
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation at which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-10. Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Information Recorder
(Continued)
Component
Terminal Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V701
volts
160
0
13.3
2.9
1,1
19.5
.01
111
ohms
co
230K
5,9
5200
1150
8.5
4900
co
V702
volts
190
0
13.3
1.35
1.62
6.7
0
183
ohms
co
240K
5,9
1100
1050
3.1
230K
oo
V703
volts
110
.01
19.5
1.15
2.6
13
0
165
ohms
co
6200
8, 6
1 200
5300
5. 9
240K
Co
V704
volts
175
0
6.5
1.86
1.83
13
0
177
ohms
oo
230K
3.1
1050
1100
5.9
240K
co
V705
volts
108
001
0
1. 25
2.8
6.7
0
156
ohms
oo
9100
0
1 250
5000
3.1
230K
oo
V706
volts
165
0
6.5
2.6
1.17
0
.01
115
ohms
oo
230K
3.1
5100
1 250
0
12K
co
V709
volts
n. co
n. c.
15
n. c.
.3
8.7
0
24
ohms
n. c.
n. c.
*5.8
n. c.
1100
*8.5
CO
00
V710
volts
n. c.
n. c.
28
n. c.
.31
21.7
0
24
ohms
no c.
n. c.
*0
n. c.
1050
*3
co
oo
V711
volts
n. c.
n. c.
15
n. c.
.26
21.3
0
24.5
ohms
n. c.
n. c.
*5.9
n. c.
1100
*3
co
Co
V712
volts
135
32
21.7
34
0
15
-.32
32
ohms
oo
oo
*3
24K
0
*5.8
500K
co
V713
volts
135
30. 5
21. 3
32. 5
0
28
-. 35
30. 5
ohms
oo
co
*3
24K
0
*0
480K
oo
V714
volts
135
32. 5
8. 5
35
0
15
-.42
32.5
ohms
. co
oo
*8. 6
23K
0
*5. 9
490K
co
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-29
Approved For Release 2000SECRIETDP75600300R000100100001-1
Table 3-10. Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Information Recorder
(Continued)
Transistors (voltage measurements only, volts dc).
Transistor
Emitter
Base
Collector
Q701
0
.55
4.8
Q702
.47
.66
11.5
Q703
0
.65
8.8
Q704
.42
- .11
27.0
Q705
2.70
2.40
27.0
Q706
.26
.04
28.0
3-29. REPAIRING THE AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT.
3-30. GENERAL.
3-31. As described in paragraph 3-21, replacement of antenna
diodes and substitution of units are the only types of repairs that
should be attempted at advanced field locations.
3-32. If spare units are not available, the equipment must be
removed from the aircraft and must be bench tested to isolate
trouble. These bench tests must be performed at base facilities
where Unit-Essential Equipment is available.
3-33. If repairs cannot be accomplished at a base facility,
replacement units should be requisitioned, and the defective units
should be returned to the supply depot.
3-34. REPLACING PARTS.
3-35. After determining that an electronic part must be replaced,
obtain a replacement part which is identical physically, as well
as electrically. All of the replaceable electrical and mechanical
parts are listed by "MP" (maintenance part) numbers in Section. V
of this instruction guide.
Revised:
1 November 56. gqET
Approved For Release 20001?ET
1A-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-30
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECIET
3-36. When replacing electronic parts, observe the following:
a. Mount the replacement part in the same position as the
original part.
b. Make the length of the replacement-part leads equal to the
length of the leads on the original part.
c. When soldering replacement parts in place, use long-nose
pliers to hold the leads of the part. The pliers will conduct heat
away from the part.
d. After repairs have been effected, test the electrical per-
formance of the unit.
3-37. When replacing mechanical parts, mechanical alignment
and operation must be checked in accordance with paragraph
3-44.
3-38. In general, the equipment can be repaired by any mainten-
ance technician skilled in the repair of airborne equipment.
Therefore, only procedures and precautions which apply exclusively
to the units of the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System are outlined
in these paragraphs.
3-39. REPAIRING THE ANTENNA ASSEMBLIES.
a. If a diode is suspected to be faulty, do not use an ohmmeter
to test the diode, but substitute a new one. Because relatively low
voltages will damage the diodes, special handling precautions are
necessary. When handling a diode, always grasp both terminals
simultaneously. Do not touch the ceramic body of the diode, because
moisture will cause leakage at high frequencies. When placing a
diode into a crystal holder, maintain zero potential across the diode
terminals by holding a finger on the crystal holder while inserting
the diode.
b. Occasionally a faulty crystal holder may be responsible for
improper operation of the detector section of the antenna assembly.
Approved For Release 200
3-31
qtrrA1RDP751300300R000100100001-1
TMs document contains Information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law,
Approved For Release 2000SECREIFDP75B00300R000100100001-1
In the case of the S-band antenna, be sure that the insulating
sleeve is in good condition, and be sure that the retaining spring
is not permanently compressed.
c. If either W1201 or W1204 is faulty, the high frequency
response or sensitivity of the airborne equipment may be affected.
Disconnect both ends of the cables, and measure the resistance
between the center conductors and ground. The resistance
should be greater than 10 megohms.
3-40. REPAIRING THE INFORMATION AMPLIFIERS.
a. All of the electrical components are mounted on a single
printed board. The tubes may be removed without removing the
board from the information-amplifier cove rplate. When it is
necessary to work with components mounted on the underside of
the board, remove the four screws holding the board to the cover,
and lay the board back in the direction of the connectors. Avoid
causing tension in the leads between the connectors and the
printed board.
b. After replacing components, perform the comprehensive
series of tests outlined in the paragraphs covering preventative
maintenance procedures. Adjust gain-compensation potentiometers
R802 and R804 using the procedures described in the preflight ramp
tests.
c. Select the value of R171 (300K to 390K) on the basis of negative
overshoot at the output of the information amplifier. At J101, apply a
peak.-to-peak signal level 30 to 36 db below 1 volt. Observe the
waveform of the output pulse appearing at J103. The negative overshoot
must be less than 15%.
d. Select the value of R/59 (3.3M to 4.7M) on the basis of pulse width
at the output of the information amplifier. At J101, apply a peak-to-peak
signal level of 150 millivolts, pulse width from 0.25 microseconds
to 10 microseconds. Observe the waveform of the output pulse
SECRET
ApErd2x9noco,F091,?If.3rtvggi39,9919.?/A3; CA-11P,P75,15Q93NRAD43,09.1aogai-1
eens on e e
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-32
Approved For Release 2000SKREIPDP75600300R000100100001-1
appearing at J103. The width of the output pulse must be 150
microseconds, plus 20 microseconds, or minus 10 microseconds.
e. Select the value of R158 (5.6K to 6.1K) on the basis of the
threshold firing level of the multivibrator. At J101, apply a peak-
to-peak signal 36 db below I volt. Observe the waveform of the
output pulse appearing at J103. The multivibrator must stop
firing at input-signal levels below -36 db.
3-41. REPAIRING THE VIBRATOR DC SUPPLY. With the
exception of rectifiers CR401, CR402, CR403, and CR404, any
of the components may be replaced without removing the major
board assembly from the power-supply cover plate.
a. When replacing CR401, CR402, CR403 or CR404, remove
the three screws mounting the major board assembly, and lay the
board back in the direction of the connectors. Avoid causing
tension in the interconnecting wires.
b. Special precautions must be taken in replacing C404. It
is extremely important to observe the polarity of the capacitor
terminals when replacing this capacitor.
3-42. REPAIRING THE INFORMATION RECORDER, GENERAL.
3-43. This unit contains a large number of mechanical as well
as electrical parts. The subassemblies and a few electronic
parts are shown in the top and bottom views of the information
recorder (figure 5-7). Figures 5-8 through 5-13A may be used
to locate and identify those mechanical and electronic parts
which are not called out in the top and bottom views of the recorder,
3-44. Only those parts considered replaceable in the field are
called out in the figures of Section V. The mechanical parts
may be replaced as subassemblies, or individual parts of a
subassembly may be replaced. The paragraphs which follow
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
i
is document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/151CRETDP751300300R000100100001-1
contain information pertinent to the replacement of electronic
and mechanical parts. When certain electronic parts are
replaced, performance tests and adjustments are necessary.
When a tape-handling part is replaced, the new part must be
adjusted to insure correct alignment of the magnetic tape.
If more than one tape-handling part is replaced, or if
performance indicates that the tape alignment is unsatisfactory,
the complete tape-alignment procedure should be followed.
3-45. REPAIRING THE INFORMATION RECORDER,
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC PARTS.
3-46. Most of the electronic parts are mounted on a single
printed-circuit board (figure 5-6). Approximately one half
of the components can be removed without removing the
board from the recorder. The remainder of the components
can only be removed after the board has been dismounted.
To dismount the board, proceed as follows:
a. Remove the six screws which hold the board to the
housing frame.
b. Unplug the board from the printed-circuit connector,
and lay the board back over the flywheel.
c. To remove the entire board, remove the cable from
the three cable clamps, and disconnect the six miniature
connectors.
3-46A.. Select the values of R706, R724, R742, R760 (4.7K
to 6.8K) on the basis of the peak-to-peak output voltage of
the 3-kc, 2.3-kc, 1,7-kc, 1.3-kc oscillators. Measure the
output of these oscillators at K5, K4, K3, K2, respectively.
The oscillator output voltages must be 3 volts peak-to-peak,
plus or minus 3 db.
3-46B. Select the value of R778 on the basis of the peak-to-
peak output voltage of the 1-kc oscillator. Measure the output
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
3-34
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
hi document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title,
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECREIFDP75B00300R000100100001-1
of the oscillator at Ki. The oscillator output voltage must
be 3 volts peak-to-peak, plus or minus 3 db. The output
should be obtainable with a value of R778 which is equal to
at least 130K. If a resistor of lower value must be used to
obtain the required output, transistor trouble is indicated.
3-46C. Select the value of R701 and R702 on the basis of the
output frequency of the 3-kc oscillator. Use either 4.7K or
5.1K resistors to obtain an output frequency of 3.0 kc.
3-46D. Select the value of R719 and R720 on the basis of
the output frequency of the 2. 3-kc oscillator. Use either 6. 2K
or 6.8K resistors to obtain an output frequency of 2.3 kc.
3-46E. Select the value of R797, R799, and R801 to obtain a
20. 5-kc bias-signal of 300 millivolts peak-to-peak, plus or
minus ten per cent, across R798, R803, and R805, respectively.
3-46F. Adjust R802 and R804 for a resistance of 3.9K. This
resistance corresponds to the setting for a recording current
of 0.125 milliamperes as described in paragraph 2-30g.
3-47. REPAIRING THE INFORMATION RECORDER,
ADJUSTMENT OF MECHANICAL PARTS.
3-47A.. After replacing a capstan motor, mechanical filter,
or motor-support bracket, use a 30-ounce scale (MP 10165)
to check the contact force between the flywheel of the capstan-
motor and flywheel assembly (Nip 10048) and the drive-wheel
of the capstan-drive assembly (MP 10050). Refer to figure 5-11A,
and proceed as follows:
a. Place the 30-ounce scale against the motor housing at a
point three-fourths of an inch from the cable end of the motor.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
3-35
Ar?ved For Relea,29oolo/3 : pips-.R975 OlooRogic91999R1-1ppd:ument contains information asec inn t naona e ense othe rte ta es INnemcn oph o..
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75600300R000100100001-1
b. Apply pressure at this point until the flywheel and the
drive-wheel break contact.
c. If the tension of the motor-support spring assembly
(MP 10155) is adjusted correctly, the scale should indicate
between seven and nine ounces when the surfaces break contact.
d. If the scale reading is outside this range, adjust the set
screw (MP 10110) located on the motor-support bracket (MP 10648)
until the tension of the spring produces the specified scale reading.
3-47B. After replacing a jam-roller assembly, adjust the position
of the three locknuts on the plunger-linkage lead screw. Refer to
figure 5-11, and proceed as follows:
While adjusting the locknuts, keep the plunger
linkage from rotating by holding the flatted end
of the lead screw (MP 10728). Holding the
linkage at the sleeve (MP 10286) may result in
permanent deformation of the spring (MP 10756)
inside the linkage sleeve.
a. With the solenoid energized, position the locknut nearest
the flatted end of the lead-screw for a jam-roller (MP 10065)
force of 34 to 38 ounces on the surface of the shaft of the
capstan-drive assembly (MP 10050).
b. Position the middle locknut about one turn from the lever
assembly (MP 10354).
c. Position the third locknut about two turns from the linkage
sleeve.
d. With the solenoid de-energized, position the s.top-screw on
the lever-arm assembly to provide a clearance of from .05 to .07
inches between the jam roller and the shaft of the capstan-drive
as sembly.
Revised:
SECRET
Apprdv&fledielif614ate 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-36
Approved For Release 2000SECRIEFDP75600300R000100100001-1
3-47G. If an ohmmeter is used in measuring the continuity of
the erase, record, or playback heads, demagnetize the heads
before attempting to use the recorder. The heads must also be
demagnetized if a tool comes in contact with the head assembly.
3-47D. If the erase, record, or playback heads are replaced,
mechanical alignment of the head(s) and associated guides is
required. (See figure 5-10.) Preliminary alignment is performed
by observing the relationship between the heads and the magnetic
tape, and final alignment is based upon the use of standard
alignment tape to optimize frequency-response characteristics.
3-47E. The following are preliminary head-alignment conditions
and procedures:
a. With the tape-guide bracket assemblies (MP 10034 and
MP 10035) aligned correctly, and with the head cover open, align
each head by sight so that the tape-contacting surface is parallel
with the teflon sleeves of the guide-pin assembly (MP 10670).
Preliminary alignment is satisfactory if the full width of the tape
is in contact with the head gaps, and if the gaps are completely
covered by the tape.
b. The above conditions may be fulfilled by adjusting the
two head-alignment screws provided for each head. The screws
are accessible from the underside of the head and head-cover
assembly.
When adjusting the head-alignment screws, avoid
scratching or denting the elastic surface of the
capstan-drive wheel.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-36A
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
3-47F. The final head-alignment procedure involves the
orientation of the head gaps so that they are at right angles
to the direction of tape travel. In the case of the record and
playback heads, correct head orientation provides optimum high-
frequency response characteristics. In the case of the erase
head, correct head orientation provides maximum signal-to-noise
ratio. Refer to figure 5-10, and proceed as follows:
a. Disable the source of bias and erase signals by removing
the printed-circuit board from the recorder.
b. Demagnetize the heads.
c. Load the recorder with standard alignment tape
(MP 10144).
d. Observe the output on a high-gain oscilloscope connected
to the playback head. Adjust the orientation of the gap of the
playback head (MP 10020) for optimum high-frequency output from
the three channels. The adjusting screw is located on the tape-
capstan side of the head, and is accessible from the top of the
recorder.
e. Remove the standard alignment tape-, and load the recorder
with operational tape.
f. Replace the printed-circuit board.
g. Adjust the orientation of the gap of the record head
(MP 10038) for optimum high-frequency recording level on the
three channels.
h. Adjust the orientation of the gap of the erase head
(MP 10040) for minimum residual signal on the three channels.
Note that adjusting the erase head also re-positions the tape-
guide bracket assembly (MP 10035) mounted on the side of the
head. After adjusting the erase head, re-position the tape-
guide bracket assembly.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
3-36B
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
3-47G. After replacing a reel-drive assembly (MP 10184 or
MP 10168), adjust the degree of mesh between the reel-drive
gear and reel-rim gear. Refer to figure 5-8, and proceed as
follows:
a. Rotate the adjustment screw located on the adjusting-
screw mounting bracket (MP 10169 or MP 10175), until the
idler gear (MP 10794) and reel gear are fully meshed.
b. Disengage the idler gear and reel gear about 25% by
turning the adjustment screw one-half turn.
c. Cement the adjustment screw in place.
3-47H. After replacing one of the tape-guide rollers or
assemblies (MP 10013 of figure 5-7, MP 10113 of figure 5-9,
MP 10095 or MP 10101 of figure 5-12), check the position of
the tape in relation to the roller flanges. The tape must pass
across the center of the roller without being bent by the flanges.
If the roller flanges bend the tape, the height of the roller must
be changed. Place .002-inch shims on either end of the roller
until the tape is centered midway between the roller flanges.
This alignment must be checked with the tape in motion.
3-471. After replacing one of the tape-guide bracket assemblies
(MP 10034 or MP 10035 of figure 5-10), check the position of the
tape in relation to the bracket guide pins. The pins must be
perpendicular to the plane of the tape, and the tape must pass
between the pins without being bent. If one of the pins bends the
tape, loosen the support screws and adjust the assembly until
the tape enters and leaves the head and head-cover assembly
without being bent. This adjustment must be checked with the
head cover open, and with the tape in motion.
3-47J. After replacing a loop-arm assembly, use a three-
ounce scale (MP 10207) to check the tension of the lopp arm.
Refer to figure 5-9, and proceed as follows:
Revised: 3-36C
1 November 56. SECRET
4pdro,pqn,Firc'rn,13,9,1.,,nA,99,919,50 :q1A7Rpp7?po3ompolooloo991-1
se oft e United a es wt n the meaning of t e Espionage Laws, 7
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
a. Connect the scale to the shaft (MP 101 26) of the tape-guide
roller (MP 10113), and deflect the loop arm (MP 10115) through its
entire arc. While the arm is in motion, the tension must,be between
two and two and one-half ounces. If the tension of the loop arm is
outside the range specified, proceed with steps b through d.
b. Release the counterbalance spring by turning the small-
gear lock screw counterclockwise. (The screw is located on the
upper side of base-plate MP 10127,)
c. Using a screwdriver to turn the shaft of the large-gear
assembly (MP 10117), adjust the tension of the counter-balance
spring until the tension of the loop arm is within the specified
range.
? d. While holding the large gear in position, turn the small-
gear lock screw clockwise until it engages the teeth of the small
gear.
3-47K. The loop-arm commutator assembly (MP 101 29 of
figure 5-9) must be adjusted for static balance before the contact
and leaf-spring assembly (MP 101 25) and brush (MP 10043) are
assembled. Static balance is achieved by adjusting the
counterweight screw. After completing the assembly, bend the
leaf spring to provide a pressure of one to one and one-fourth
ounces on the contact strip (MP 10123).
3-48, REPAIRING THE INFORMATION RECORDER, COMPLETE
TAPE-ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE.
Revised: 3-36D
SECRET
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200CSECREEDP75B00300R000100100001-1
3-48A. When replacing a single mechanical assembly it may be
necessary only to make the alignment adjustments for the individual
assembly as described in paragraph 3-47. However, if several
parts or assemblies are replaced, it may be necessary to repeat
the initial sequence of tape-alignment adjustments described in the
paragraphs which follow.
3-48B. Before installing the tape reels the following checks and
adjustments should be performed:
a. Check the flywheel force on the capstan drive-wheel.
Adjust the force as in paragraph 3-47A.
b. Check the, jam-roller force on the shaft of the capstan-
drive assembly. Adjust, the force as in paragraph 3-47B.
c. Check the preliminary alignment of the playback, record,
and erase heads. Adjust the alignment of the heads as in paragraphs
3-47D and 3-47E.
d. Remove the guide roller of the tape-guide assembly
(MP 10013 of figure 5-7) and the lower-transition guide roller
(MP 10101 of figure 5-12).
e. Check the reel-guide rollers for ability to turn freely.
3-48C. After loading the supply reel with tape, install the supply ,
and takeup reels, engage the reel-guide rollers, and thread the
tape as shown in figure 2-1. With the head cover open continue
as follows:
a. Engage the reel-drive gears. Check the degree of mesh.
Adjust the degree of mesh as in paragraph 3-47G.
b. Manually apply tension to the tape and adjust the elevation
of the supply-reel loop-arm guide roller so that the tape is centered
when leaving the supply reel. Adjust the guide-roller elevation as
in paragraph 3-47H.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Appr9veF For.Releag.3c0
9C?? a PAPETA,15,NVORPQQ1,011000.1-1thumen conths informat,n a fe, he no e ens
19, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-36E
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
c. Manually apply tension to the tape and align the tape-guide
bracket assemblies on the head assembly so that the pins are
perpendicular to the plane of the tape and the tape passes between
the pins without being bent. Adjust the bracket assemblies as in
paragraph 3-471.
d. Manually apply tension to the tape and adjust ,the elevation
of the takeup-reel loop-arm guide, roller so that the tape is
centered when entering the takeup reel. Adjust the guide-roller
elevation as in paragraph 3-47H.
3-48D. Close the head cover, place the tape in motion and continue
as follows:
a. , Manually hold the jam roller away from the capstan and
maintain the tape in motion by holding the supply-reel loop-arm
in the center of its travel. Check the elevation of the guide rollers
and guide brackets.
b. Allow the jam roller to engage, while checking for any
tendency of the tape to be bent by either the upper or lower pin
on the tape-guide bracket assembly (MP 10034). Bending by the
upper pin may be counter-acted by increasing the elevation of the
takeup-reel loop-arm guide roller. Conversely, bending by the
lower pin may be counter-acted by decreasing the elevation of the
takeup-reel loop-arm guide roller. Readjust the guide-bracket-
assembly elevation if the tape continues to be bent after changing
the elevation of the takeup-reel guide roller. Minor ?bending
tendencies on either the upper or lower guide pin may be eliminated
by slight readjustment of the forward or backward tilt of the playback
head.
3-48E. Open the head cover, place the tape in motion, and continue
as follows:
a. Adjust the elevation of the playback, record, and erase
heads so that the tape centers on the three tracks of each head.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
18, U.'37e;letctcloonnPa); ciinnfdor7m9a4tiotnheatfrfaenctsimrlstihoen onratrueovneallatiterolewicthh?inUannityedmSatnanteers twoltahnIn unauthorized person
po: rsthoen ppiororTigbeiter bsy, loqwe
3-36F
Approved For Release 2000/511CREPP75600300R000100100001-1
Maintain the existing attitude of each head while adjusting the
elevation.
b. Replace the guide rollers removed in paragraph 3-44Bd.
Use the tape elevation as a reference for establishing the guide-
roller elevation.
c. Recheck the elevation of the guide roller preceding the
takeup reel to insure the tape will continue winding on the center
of the reel.
3-48F. Perform the final head-alignment procedures of
paragraph 3-47F.
3-48G. PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE. The preventative
maintenance for the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System includes:
(1) Routine maintenance of the airborne equipment, and (2)
Periodic evaluation 9f system performance. These paragraphs
contain detailed instructions pertaining to over-all system tests
and specific instructions for periodic maintenance of the airborne
equipment.
3-48H. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE OF THE AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT.'
The following maitenance notes are supplementary to the preflight
bench procedures described in Section II:
a. When units are removed from the aircraft, they should
be thoroughly cleaned, and should be inspected for signs of
corrosion or wear.
b. Periodic lubrication is not required.
c. Personnel responsible for maintenance of the equipment
must keep a record of operating time. The record is based upon
the operating-time entries on the Preflight Test-Data Form.
3-481. The capstan-drive-motor commutator must be cleaned
every 15 hours of operation to avoid motor failure due to an ,
Revised:
1 November 56,
SECRET
Aproved Fo.r Release meaning 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
.document contains informationa acting the national defense of the United States within the of the Espionage Laws Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 74, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-37
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
accum.ulation of carbon dust from the brushes. At the same time,
new brushes should be added if required. To clean the capstan-
motor commutator, proceed as follows:
a. Remove the two screws securing the top motor shield
and remove the shield.
b. Depress the two spring clips and remove the motor end
caps. Remove the retaining ring from the motor shaft. Remove
the two washers and the spring from the motor ,shaft.
c. Using tweezers, withdraw the two springs holding the
brushes against the commutator. Withdraw the two brushes
from the brush holders, while being careful not to fray the brush
pigtails.
d. Examine the brushes for wear, pitting, or frayed pigtails
and replace the brushes if required. When replacing the brushes,
do not let excessive solder run through the pigtail strands. The
solder stiffens the brush leads and prevents the brush from engaging
the commutator surface.
e. Pry the commutator assembly off the slotted motor shaft.
Remove any carbon dust from the commutator assembly with an
alcohol bath. Also, clean the commutator segments with an
alcohol-soaked cloth. Lightly burnish the surface of the commutator
segments with very fine sandpaper. Use great care in burnishing to
avoid shorting commutator segments.
1. Replace the commutator assembly on the motor shaft;
insert the brushes, and reposition the brush-holder springs;
replace the two washers, spring and retaining ring; replace the
Revised: 3-37A.
November 56. SECRET
AppEoyedForReape 4015/?3 :o fqei^71739o3oolooploo opo 1 -1
United totes within the meaning o e Espionage Lows, es document c aecge notionale ense
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
lend caps and top motor shield. Complete the assembly by replacing
the two screws to secure the top motor shield.
3-49. PERIODIC EVALUATION OF SYSTEM PERFORMANCE.
Extensive performance tests are to be performed at 50-hour
intervals. (The 50-hour period is based upon airborne-equipment
operating time,) These tests are designed to reveal marginal
equipment performance which may not be revealed by the preflight
and re-recording procedures. The following performance
characteristics are to be evaluated during the comprehensive
50-hour tests.
a. Vibrator D-C supply: voltage levels, hum and noise
levels.
b. Information amplifier: hum and noise, frequency response,
pulse control, gain, and dynamic range characteristics.
c. Information recorder: tape speed, flutter and wow, tone
outputs, bias levels, erase levels, record-current levels, and
head alignment.
d. Re-record equipment. A. recording made on the information
recorder is played back at 2. 25 inches-per-second on the low-
speed transport of the re-record equipment. The monitor output
voltage is noted and compared with typical characteristic curves.
During this test, the signal is re-recorded at 7.5 inches-per-
second. Finally, the re-recorded signal is played back on the
high-speed transport of the re-record equipment. The monitor
output voltage is noted and compared with typical characteristic
curves.
All of the airborne equipment, except the antennas, must be
removed from the aircraft for these bests. To perform the tests,
Revised:
1 November 56,
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-38
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETDP75600300R000100100001-1
set up the equipment in a convenient working area, remove the
covers from the units, and interconnect the equipment using a
cabling system similar to the one installed in the aircraft.
3-50. NORMAL-PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
VIBRATOR D-C SUPPLY. The normal-performance characteristics
of the vibrator D-C supply are indicated in table 3-6.
3-51, NORMAL-PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
INFORMATION AMPLIFIER. The normal-performance
characteristics of the information amplifier are listed in table 3-11.
Revised:
I November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-39
Approved For Release 2000giekyDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-11. Performance Data, Information Amplifier
HUM AND NOISE
With the input and output circuits of the
information amplifier unterminated, the
peak-to-peak voltage of residual hum and
noise must be less than 25 millivolts.
FREQUENCY
RESPONSE
With a peak-to-peak input-signal level of
150 millivolts, the peak-to-peak open-
circuit voltage measured at pin A of J103
must be as follows:
1 microsecond pulses:
Output voltage
(-? 1 db):
100 pps
1
250 pps
1
500 pps
1
1000 pps
1
2000 pps
1
3000 pps
1
4000 pps
.95
5000 pps
.9
PULSE CONTROL
To test pulse control, input pulses having
the following characteristics are applied
to the input of the information amplifier:
pulse width, from .25 to 10 microseconds;
pulse-repetition rate, 1000 pps; pulse
amplitude, 150 millivolts peak-to-peak.
The output pulses (measured at pin A of
J103) must be 160 microseconds, 4" 25
microseconds
3-40
Approved For Release 200dgc . -RDP75600300R000100100001-1
ThIs document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Slates within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorised person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/riatfDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-11. Performance Data, Information Amplifier
(Continued)
GAIN AND The graph indicates the normal open-circuit
DYNAMIC RANGE output voltage (measured at pin A of J103)
for input-signal levels between 25 millivolts
and 1 volt. (All voltages measured peak-
to-peak; input pulse width: 1 microsecond.)
OUTPUT ( VOLTS )
? N cn o)
3000
_--
.."
PPS
350T0 1500
'
PPS
,--- ---
TYPICAL
---
--
---
1
TYPICAL
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
INPUT ( M ILLIVOLTS)
3-52. NORMAL-PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
INFORMATION RECORDER. The normal-performance character-
istics of the information recorder are listed in Table 3-12.
3-41
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
hi document contains information affecting the national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000gffDP75600300R000100100001-1
Table 3-12. Performance Data, Information Recorder
TAPE SPEED
Two requirements must be fulfilled by the
tape-transport mechanism: (1) the average
speed of the capstan-drive wheel must be
6.51 R.P. S. (+2%, -4%), and (2) the
instantaneous deviation (flutter or wow)
must be no greater than 1.5%.
(1) The speed of the tape is checked by means
of the tape-drive capstan, using a strobo-
scopic lamp in conjunction with the pattern on
the capstan. If the speed is 2% high or 4% low,
adjustment is required. Adjust for correct
speed by turning off the information recorder,
removing the end cap from the capstan drive
motor, and adjusting the governor screw.
Note that the capstan pattern will appear
stationary for speeds that are related to the
correct speed. Also, although the pattern
can be made to appear stationary with a
stroboscopic lamp energized by a 60-cycle
source of power, special considerations are
required lithe stroboscopic lamp is operated
from power sources which are not 60 cycles-
per-second. The exact frequency of the line
voltage must be determined, and compensating
adjustments indicated in the lamp manual must
be made.
(2) The instantaneous variation of tape speed
Is checked by recording a 3000-cps tone on
the information recorder, and by playing back
the recording into a flutter meter, using the
ground-based re-record equipment as the
playback device. If the flutter is greater than
1.5%, adjustment is required. Flutter can
result from damaged or worn bearings and
surfaces associated with the capstan drive
motor, mechanical filter, capstan-drive
wheel, or jam roller.
3-42
SECrIET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Tftle
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorised person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000?Et
DP75600300R000100100001-1
Table 3-12. Performance Data, Information Recorder
(Continued)
1.0-KC, 1.3-KC,
1.7-KC, 2.3-KC,
AND 3.0-KC
OSCILLATORS
Level:
Distortion:
Hum and Noise:
Frequency
Deviation:
The oscillators must have the following
output characteristics (as measured at key-
points K5, K4, K3, K2, and Kl, respectively):
3 volts, peak-to-peak, plus or minus 3 db.
less than 10%.
20 db below signal.
plus or minus 5% for 1.3-kc, 1.7-kc, 2.3-kc
and 3.0-kc oscillators. Plus or minus 0.02%
for 1-kc oscillator.
RECORDING BIAS
Level:
Distortion:
Hum and Noise:
Frequency:
The following are the normal operating
characteristics of the recording-bias circuits:
310 millivolts (plus or minus 10%) peak-to-
peak across the 100-ohm metering resistor.
5% maximum.
.5 millivolts peak-to-peak across the 100-ohm
metering resistor.
20.5 kc, plus or minus 5%.
ERASE CURRENT
Level:
Distortion:
Hum and Noise:
The following are the normal operating
characteristics of the erase circuit:
300 millivolts (plus or minus 10%) peak-to-
peak across the 10-ohm metering resistor.
5% maximum.
30 millivolts peak-to-peak across the 10-ohm
metering resistor.
MONITOR
AMPLIFIER
The normal operating characteristics of the
monitor amplifier circuits are listed below.
The following characteristics are measured
by applying a 10-millivolt signal, at 1000
3-43
SECRET
Aerkroupcine9r,fliglegrelg,zooping?ifg4 :( cipt.-ilpPEpo3oofR000i ool000m -1
. n te ates within e meaning the Espionage Laws, Thin
10, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Table 3-12. Performance Data, Information Recorder
(Continued)
MONITOR
AMPLIFIER
(Continued)
Gain:
Distortion:
Frequency
Response:
Hum and Noise:
cps, from a 50-ohm source, to the input of
the amplifier (with the playback head discon-
nected).
60 db, plus or minus 3 db.
5% maximum.
plus or minus 1 db
350 to 4000 cps.
The following characteristics are measured
with the playback head connected, and with
the entire system in operation.
5 millivolts maximum at 3701.
HEAD ALIGNMENT
Two characteristics of playback-head align-
ment are checked. The electronics-board
assembly is removed, and standard align-
ment tape is threaded through the machine.
A high-gain oscilloscope is connected to
the playback heads.
(1) The output voltages derived from the
three playback heads must be within a
three-db range.
(2) The playback heads are also aligned for
maximum response to the highest readable
frequency recorded on the standard align-
ment tape.
The two standards outlined above are also
used in checking the alignment of the record
heads. To perform this test, the standard
alignment tape is removed from the machine,
is replaced by the tape normally used in
the information recorder, and a 3000-pps
signal is recorded. The record head is
aligned for maximum signal at the playback
head.
3-44
SEC
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : DP75600300R000100100001-1
TPIs document contain? information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning e the Espionage Laws, Title
19, USC., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000E2d2fDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-12. Performance Data, Information Recorder
(Continued)
MILLI VOLTS )
RECORD CURRENT The graphs which follow indicate the normal
record current for different pulse repetition
rates and different pulse amplitudes. The
"record current" is noted as the peak-to-
peak signal voltage which appears across
the 100-ohm metering resistor in series
with the record head. In the case of right-
side information channel, the signal voltage
representing record current is measured
at TP4. The signal voltage for the left-side
information channel is measured at TPI.
The graph below represents the normal
record current for peak-to-peak pulse-input
levels ranging from 8 millivolts to 8 volts,
?
at a pulse repetition rate of 1000 pps (applied
to the input of the information amplifier).
The output-signal levels should be within
+ 3 db of the curves shown below.
500
100
50
.5
5
10 50 100 500 1 000 5 000 10 000
INPUT (MILLIVOLTS)
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, THIS
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/MfirrP75600300R000100100001-1
Table 3-12. Performance Data, Information Recorder
(Continued)
...".?????????????=?????????????=1
The graphs below represent the normal record
current for pulse repetition rates between 250
and 4000 pps, and for pulse-input levels of 8
millivolts and 1 volt (applied to the input of the
information amplifier). The output-signal
levels should be within ? 1.5 db of the curves
shown below.
200
0
1
260 500 1000 2000 4000
PULSE RATE (PPS)
3-53. NORMAL-PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT. The normal-performance character-
istics of the re-record equipment are listed in Table 3-13.
3-46
SECRET
3 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
AIIPE2Yer9CcionDlinfl,rmtliocaPng99249151,3nso of the United States within the meaning of the Eipionage laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 7; and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200?taterRDP75B06300R000100100001-1
Table 3-13. Performance Data, Re-Record Equipment
PLAYBACK OF TEST The graphs which follow indicate the playback
RECORDING levels of the test signals recorded on the infor-
mation recorder during the RECORD CURRENT
test described in Table 3-12. After recording
the signals on the tape, place the tape on the
low-speed playback transport, and re-record
the signal at 7.5 inches-per-second. On the
re-record amplifier unit for the track
Involved, set the controls as follows:
EQUALIZATION SWITCH in LOW SPEED
position, RECORD LEVEL set for a reading
of -3 on the VU meter (for 1000-pps 1-volt
peak-to-peak signal), LINE TERM in ON
position, PLAYBACK LEVEL set for reading
of 0 on VU meter (at 1000 pps). Connect
an oscilloscope across the MONITOR
AMPLIFIER jack, and measure the peak-to-
peak voltage of the output signal. The output-
signal levels should be within plus or minus
3 db of the curves shown below.
50
.5
10 50 100 500 1000
ORIGINAL SIGNAL LEVEL (MILLIVOLTS)
5 000 10 000
3-47
SECLIET
Approved For Release 2000/05/?3 : 91A-1DP7R00300R0
9,4,19.4.1439.9o1-1
h document contains information a fecting the notional de ens. of t e n led tales with n e meaning
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or reveLatIon of which In any manner 50 an unauthorized person is prohibited o; low.
Approved For Release 200tIktitIRDP75600300R000100100001-1
Table 3-13. Performance Data,. Re-Record Equipment
(Continued)
50
b 25
Io
>
a.
0
0
0
E 400
2 (7;
1'200
-J
0
I I t
250 500 1000 2000
PULSE RATE (PPS)
4000
PLAYBACK OF The graphs which follow indicate the playback
RE-RECORDED levels of the test signals re-recorded at 7.5
TEST SIGNALS inches-per-second. After re-recording the
signals at 7.5 inches-per-setond, playback
the re-recorded tape by proceeding as follows:
connect the playback head of the high-speed
re-record transport to the PLAYBACK
HEAD jack of the amplifier for the track
involved, set the EQUALIZATION SWITCH
in HIGH SPEED position, place the LINE
TERM switch in the ON position, and set the
PLAYBACK LEVEL control for a reading of
0 on the VU meter (for 1000-pps 1-volt
peak-to-peak signal). Connect an oscillo-
scope across the MONITOR AMPLIFIER jack,
and measure the peak-to-peak voltage of the
output signal. The output-signal levels should
be within plus or minus 3 db of the curves
shown below.
3-48
SECRET
ed For Release 2000/05/23 ? CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
4.11oragVni contam information arrecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18. U.S.C.,eSection 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/0
P751300300R000100100001-1
Table 3-13. Performance Data, Re-Record Equipment
(Continued)
5
MONITOR OUTPUT (VOLTS)
50
1- 25
0
>
0
2 400
>200
,
/
5 10 SO 100 ism loon monn inn
ORIGINAL SIGNAL LEVEL (MILLIVOLTS)
250 500 1000
PULSE RATE (PPS)
2000
4000
00
SECRET
3-49
ApprifuedoEctri?R,R,IgaisarpZ091,0pin....fcjivEpx75600300R000100100001-1
within the meanings of the Espionage Laws, Tillie
1 , Section 793 and 794, She transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
3-54. SERVICING THE GROUND-BASED TEST SET. The
general principles of isolating trouble, outlined in the first
paragraphs of this section, are applicable to the test set. The
test set is shown schematically in figures 1-22A and 1-22B. The
test-set oscilloscope is described in the instruction manual
included with the equipment.
3-55. ISOLATING TROUBLE.
3-56. Before attempting to isolate trouble in the test set, the
maintenance technician must become thoroughly familiar with
the theory of operation (paragraphs 1-143 through 1-193).
3-57, The waveforms shown in figure 1-21 may be used to isolate
a defective stage. Before observing the waveforms, the test-set
controls must be preset as follows;
a. ON-OFF switch -- ON
b. MODULATION switch -- PULSE
c. REPETITION RATE control -- 1 K
The waveforms are observed using the oscilloscope probe, with
the negative lead of the probe connected to the test-set chassis.
3-58. Table 3-14 contains typical voltage and resistance data
which may be used for the purpose of isolating defective
components in the test set. The voltage and resistance
measurements are to be made under the conditions described
in the table.
Note
Table 3-14 contains nominal voltage and resistance
data, while the Inspection Data Sheets (included with
each test set) contain specific data. Changes in
component values are also noted on the Inspection
Data Sheets.
Revised: 3-50
20 September 56. Approved For Release 2000?g. TDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Thus document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, USC., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200KRIMIRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 3-14. Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Ground-Based Test Set
The VOLTAGE DATA in this
table to be taken under the
following conditions:
1. Primary power: 117 volts ac.
2. All measurements made with
a 20,000 ohm/volt multi-
meter.
3. All voltage measured to
ground.
4. Where (*) specified, measure-
ments made at plate caps of
V508.
5. "H" indicates heater terminals.
Dangerously high voltages are used in the test
set. Use a high-voltage probe when taking
measurements.
The RESISTANCE DATA in
this table to be taken
under the following
conditions:
1. Primary power turned off.
2. Measurements roa.de with a
vacuum-tube voltmeter.
3. All resistance measured to
ground with negative meter
lead grounded.
4. Where (*) specified, measure-
ments made at plate caps of
V508.
Set the test-set controls as follows:
OUTPUT switch -- X- BAND
MODULATION switch -- CW
POWER ZERO SET control -- Zero reading on r-f wattmeter.
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
3-51
AparsuggaEctroEniqa?# ZURIP?fig.30f:SIAM,1",,Z5E991991,199,22P,
cti Q0001 -1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/9054304,444.pP75600300R000100100001-1
4)43?LIC I
Table 3-14, Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Ground-Based Test Set
(Continued)
Component
Terminal
Number*
?
4
5
V503
volts
110
0
NC
0
110
NC
0
--
ohms
3.2K
0
NC
0
3.2K
NC
0
--
V504
volts
0
-105
NC
-105
0
NC
-105
--
ohms
0
7. 5K
NC
7. 5K
0
NC
7. 5K
-- .
V506
volts
535
NC
NC
535
--
--
--
ohms
2. 1M
NC
NC
2. 1M
--
--
--
--
v307
volts
535
NC
NC
535
--
--
--
--
ohms
2.1M
NC
NC
2.1M
--
--
--
V508
volts
H
-45
415
0
-45
490*
ohms
2.5M
2.2M
0
co
2.5M
co
2.1M*
.v5001
1
volts
0
-1100
-1100
-1105
-1100
-1000
-1100
-45
ohms
0
40K
4:0K
255K
40K
36K
40K
2. 4M
V511
volts
-1100
-1250
NC
-1250
-1100
NC
-1250
--
ohms
40K
135K
NC '
135K
40K
NC
135K
--
V512
volts
NC
H
NC
-1960
NC
-1960
NC
ohms
NC
oo
NC
250K
NC
250K
NC
Co
V513
volts
-1250
-1400
NC
-1400
-12:50
NC
-1400
--
ohms
135K
220K
NC
220K
135K
NC
220K
--
V514
volts
-1400
-1550
NC
-1550
-1400
NC
-1550
--
ohms
220K
270K
NC
270K
220K
NC
270K
--
V 516
volts
-1550
-1700
NC
-1700
-1550
NC
-1700
ohms
270K
275K
NC
275K
270K
NC
275K
--
,v51.7
volts
-1700
-1850
NC
-1850
-1700
NC
-1850
--
ohms
275K
245K
NC
245K
275K
NC
245K
--
V518
volts
NC
NC
-1250
134K
NC
NC
NC
NC
-12.50
134K
NC
NC
-1250
134K
-1250
134K
ohms
Place
the OUTPUT switch
in the S-BAND
position:,
v.51a
1
'volts f NC 1-1250
NC
I NC
1 -1275 i
NC
-1250 1-1250
ohms NC
134K
NC
NC
55K
NC
134K
134K
Revised:
20 September 56. SECRET 3-52
APPIrReY10.f9ireraglqfV2 090/05/23 CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
the no ona1 de ens* of the United States within the meaning of th,
e Espionage Laws Title
18, Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 200M4,4141RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
NC
Table 3-14. Typical Voltage and Resistance Data,
Ground-Based Test Set
(Continued)
To measure the repeller voltages of the ldystrons, connect the
voltmeter to contact number 1 of S503A, and set the test-set
controls as follows:
OUTPUT -- X-BAND; MODULATION -- CW
V518 repeller voltage: -1750 volts
MODULATION -- PULSE; REPETITION RATE -- 1 K
V518 repeller voltage: -1540 volts
OUTPUT -- S-BAND; MODULATION -- CW
V519 repeller voltage: -1525 volts
MODULATION ? PULSE; REPETITION RATE -- 1K
V519 repeller voltage: -1300 volts
Set the test-set controls as follows:
OUTPUT switch -- S-BAND or X-BAND
MODULATION switch -- PULSE
Connect a jumper between pin 1 of V601 and ground to disable the
Wein Bridge oscillator.
Component
Terminal Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
V501
volts
295
145
NC
145
295
NC
145
--
ohms
100K
100K
NC
100K
100K
NC
100K
--
V502
volts
14.5
0
NC
0
145
NC
0
--
ohms
100K
0
NC ,
0
100K
NC
0
"..
.
V601
volts
0
3.8
H
H
135
138
3.8
--
ohms
52K
270
0.1 ,
0.1
110K
110K
270
V602
volts
0
2.5
H
H
115
138
2.5
--
ohms
535K
190
0.1
0.1
120K
110K
190
--
V603
volts
260
0
110
H
H
15
2.3
7.7
ohms
105K
10M
190K
0.1
0.1
220K
410
1.5K
V604
volts
-30
0
H
H
-30
79-0K
285
420K
-30
190K
--
--
ohms
90K
1.5K
0.1
0.1
V605
volts
H
0
0
100
NC
280
-30
0
ohms
0.1
0
10K
120K
NC
110K
110K
0
Term
9
V603
volts
0
Term
9
V605
volts
H
ohms
20K
ohms
0.1
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECCIET
3-53
APPrAvnettEPLBRJPAAP, 2P IIAIP ?12,; LAALIP2,? 15.0.4.10 cRPEQ9.1D WSW 1 -1
If, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2001k iftrP75B00300R000100100001-1
3-59. Replacing components in the test set may be accomplished
without using special procedures. However, after replacing a
component which might affect the frequency or amplitude
characteristics of test-set output, tests must be performed to
Insure proper operation. Test-set adjustments (other than
those performed in the course of normal operation) are described
in the paragraphs which follow.
3-60. PERFORMING ADJUSTMENTS.
3-61. The following test-set adjustments may be made:
The width of the output pulse is controlled by R632,
b. The shape of the output pulse is controlled by L603.
c., The output voltage of the klystron power supply is controlled
by R542.
d. For CW operation, S-band output power and frequency are
controlled by R562 and by the mechanical adjustment of V519.
For PULSE operation, S-band output power and frequency are
controlled by R561 and by the mechanical adjustment of V519.
e. For CW operation, X-band output power and frequency are
controlled by R558, and by the mechanical adjustment of V518 and
the double-tuned stub. For PULSE operation, the X-band output
power and frequency are controlled by R557, and by the mechanical
adjustment of V518 and the double-tuned stub.
Detailed procedures foradjusting the above components are given
in the paragraphs which follow.
3-62. To adjust the width of the output pulse, proceed as follows:
a. Place the REPETITION RATE control in the 1K position.
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
3-54
Appirav,Pri?EPEARIPA?A;PORIP?.42.;.; .GIAAP.P,70.?.W.9.1,99i,PE9,9,122.1.092?
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, tho tranomiezion or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized porton Is prohibited by law.
1-1
Approved For Release 200grenitRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
b. Place the MODULATION switch in the PULSE position.
c. Connect the oscilloscope input to 3602.
d. Adjust R632 for a pulse width of 1.0 microsecond.
3-63. To adjust the shape of the output pulse proceed as follows:
a. Place the REPETITION RATE control in the 1K position.
b. Place the MODULATION switch in the PULSE position.
c. Connect the oscilloscope input to J602.
d. Adjust L603 for minimum pulse rise time without ringing.
3-64. To adjust the output voltage of the klystron power supply
proceed as follows:
a. Connect a 20,000 ohm/volt multimeter between pin 2 of
V511 and ground.
b. Adjust R542 for a meter reading of -1250 volts.
3-65. To adjust the S-band output power and frequency for CW
operation proceed as follows:
a. Place the OUTPUT switch in the S-BAND position.
b. Place the MODULATION switch in the CW position.
c. With zero power applied to the PWR. MON. jack, adjust
the POWER ZERO SET control for a reading of zero on the r-f
wattmeter.
d. Connect the S-BAND OUT jack to the PWR. MON. jack.
e. Adjust R562 for maximum output as read on the r-f
wattmeter. The klystron output will rise and fall through several
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
3-55
APPKI:n9M9oclaiEgfrormi3Pni9UnPth?9a9onaN?elnalf ;hoc ItearRtes witnin the meaning of the Espionage Lows Title
0 75B00300R000100100001-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorised person is prohibited14 low.
Approved For Release 2000%5 :iffDP75B00300R000100100001-1
peak values as the repeller voltage is changed by adjusting R562.
(The first peak observed will not necessarily represent maximum
output.)
1. Adjust the S-BAND ATT. control as required to maintain
on-scale meter readings.
g. Measure the klystron output frequency by adjusting the
S-band wavemeter for a dip in output power.
Note
To make maximum output power available at the
OUTPUT jack, it is necessary to detune the
wavemeter after each frequency measurement.
h. If the measured frequency falls outside the range of 2850
megacycles '2'25 megacycles, adjust the mechanical tuning of
V519. Re-adjust R562 for maximum output power and re-measure
the output frequency. It may be necessary to repeat these steps
several times to obtain the required output frequency.
3-66. To adjust the S-band output power for PULSE operation
proceed as follows:
a. Place the MODULATION switch in the PULSE position.
b. Place the REPETITION RATE control in the 1K position.
c. Connect the accessory crystal mount and crystal to the
S-BAND OUT jack. Connect the oscilloscope input to the crystal
output.
d. Adjust R561 for maximum pulse amplitude as observed on
the oscilloscope.
3-67. To adjust the X-band output power and frequency for CW
operation proceed as follows:
Revised:
20 September 56. SECRET 3-56
Approved For eleae 2000/05/?3 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
document contains information actingthe notional de ense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
10, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person hi prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200MAIIRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
a. Place the OUTPUT switch in the X-BAND position.
b. Place the MODULATION switch in the CW position.
c. With zero power applied to the PWR. MON. jack, adjust
the POWER ZERO SET control for a reading of zero on the r-f
wattmeter.
d. Connect the X-BAND OUT jack to the PWR. MON. jack.
e. Adjust R558 for maximum output (refer to paragraph 3-65e)
as read on the r-f wattmeter.
f. Adjust the X-band double-stub tuner (located between the
2K39 and the rectangular waveguide) for maximum output.
lg. Adjust the X-BAND ATT. control as required to maintain
on-scale meter readings.
h. Measure the klystron output frequency by adjusting the
X-band wavemeter for a dip in output power. Detu.ne the
wavemeter as noted under paragraph 3-65G.
1. If the measured frequency falls outside the range of 9000
megacycles ?25 megacycles, adjust the mechanical tuning of
V518. Re-adjust R558 for maximum output power, re-adjust the
double-stub tuner for maximum output, and re-measure the output
frequency. Repeat theeoe steps as required to obtain the specified
output frequency.
3-68. To adjust the X-band output power for PULSE operation
proceed as follows:
a. Place the MODULATION switch in the PULSE position.
b. Place the REPETITION RATE control in the 1K position.
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
3-57
ApproveLLEorrael OAS912041111?12114.AIA-11PEZ?PP.PAPER9,90199:1 0001 -1
Is, tr,s.c., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or reyelollon cd which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75600300R000100100001-1
c. Connect the accessory crystal mount and crystal to the
X-BAND OUT jack. Connect the oscilloscope input to the crystal
output.
d. Adjust R557 for maximum pulse amplitude as observed on
the oscilloscope.
3-69. SERVICING THE GROUND-BASED RE-RECORD
EQUIPMENT.
3-70. Normal-performance data for the re-record equipment is
shown in table 3-13. Because the data in the table ,involves the
processing of recorded pulse information, the data is not directly
indicative of the sine-wave frequency response of the amplifiers
used in the re-record equipment. The paragraphs which follow
describe the test set-up and procedure to be followed when testing
the frequency response of the re-record amplifiers.
3-71. TESTING THE FREQUENCY-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS
OF THE RE-RECORD AMPLIFIERS.
3-72. The original amplifiers (which were modified for use in
the re-record equipment) are described in the accessory manual
supplied with the re-record equipment. Modification details are
described in Section I of this instruction guide, with the modified
frequency-response characteristics shown in figure 1-27. If the
modified amplifiers are performing satisfactorily, the frequency-
response curves of figure 1-27(b), 1-27(c), and 1-27(d) may be
duplicated.
3-73. Prepare to perform the tests by proceeding as follows:
a. Set up the re-record equipment, and interconnect the
cables for normal operation.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-58
Approved For Release 2000SECREIRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
b. Remove the erase-head, record-head, and playback-head
plugs from the .amplifier to be tested.
c. When testing a slave amplifier, remove the bias-input plug.
d. When testing a master amplifier, remove the bias-oscillator
tube.
3-74. Frequency-response curves for the amplifiers are obtained
by applying a voltage of known frequency to the input terminals of
the amplifier under test, and measuring the input level necessary
to maintain a given output level. In each case, the voltage is fed
through an attenuator to establish the input level, and the output
of the amplifier is terminated in a normal load impedance.
3-75. To facilitate comparison of the frequency-response
measurements with the normal response curves, input adjustments
made to increase the output level are given a negative sign, and
input adjustments made to decrease the output level are given a
positive sign.
3-76. EQUIPMENT SET-UP AND PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING
POST-EMPHASIS RESPONSE AT 2. 25 INCHES-PER-
SECOND,
3-77. The normal post-emphasis frequency response at 2.25
inches per second is shown in (b) of figure 1-27. The test set-up
is shown as TEST SET-UP 2 of figure 3-1. Set the LINE TERM
switch (S404) in the OFF position.
3-78. Set the front-panel controls of the amplifier as follows:
a. RECORD LEVEL - 0
b. EQUALIZATION - LOW SPEED
Revised:
1 November 56,
SECRET
ARPv For. R?Oga.?.9,??9P9,1P?/2.1,;
documento in or gIA-2,P,P.7?0QMPRADO
-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SIECREIRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
c. INPUT TRANSFER SWITCH - MICROPHONE
d. METER AND OUTPUT SWITCH - PLAYBACK LEVEL
e. PLAYBACK LEVEL - as required
3-79. Turn on the amplifier and test equipment and allow a five-
minute warm-up period. Adjust the oscillator for a one-volt
output at 500 cycles. Adjust the PLAYBACK LEVEL control to
provide 0.78 volts across the 600-ohm terminating resistor.
Adjust the frequency of the oscillator from 250 to 4000 cycles-
per-second and note the adjustment of oscillator-output level
necessary to maintain a constant amplifier-output level of 0.78
volts.
3-80. EQUIPMENT SET-UP AND PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING
POST-EMPHASIS RESPONSE AT 7.5 INCHES-PER-SECOND.
3-81. The normal post-emphasis frequency response at 7.5
inches-per-second is shown in (d) of figure 1-27. The test set-up
is shown as TEST SET-UP 2 of figure 3-1. Set the LINE TERM
switch (S404) in the OFF position.
3-82. Set the front-panel controls of the amplifier as follows:
a. RECORD LEVEL - 0
b. EQUALIZATION - HIGH SPEED
c. INPUT TRANSFER SWITCH - MICROPHONE
d. METER AND OUTPUT SWITCH - PLAYBACK LEVEL
e. PLAYBACK LEVEL - as required
3-83. Turn on the amplifier and test equipment and allow a
five-minute warm-up period. Adjust the oscillator for a one-
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Appr:?2/.9).ficoFt9ors. ECP09?, #t,,Cf!?9,1,1??Iasi, CIALAReZ5,150,03(10Roactlacti clam -1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
3-60
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
volt output at 500 cycles. Adjust the PLAYBACK LEVEL control
to provide 0.78 volts across the 600-ohm terminating resistor.
Adjust the frequency of the oscillator from 250 to 4000 cycles-
per-second and note the adjustment of oscillator-output level
necessary to maintain a constant amplifier-output level of 0.78
volts.
3-84. EQUIPMENT SET-UP AND PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING
PRE-EMPHASIS RESPONSE AT 7.5 INCHES-PER-SECOND.
3-85. The normal pre-emphasis frequency response at 7.5
inches-per-second is shown in (c) of figure 1-27. The test set-up
is shown as TEST SET-UP 1 of figure 3-1. Set the LINE TERM
switch (S404) in the OFF position.
3-86. Set the front-panel controls of the amplifier as follows:
a. PLAYBACK LEVEL - 0
b. EQUALIZATION - LOW SPEED
c. INPUT TRANSFER SWITCH - MICROPHONE
d. METER OUTPUT SWITCH - RECORD LEVEL
e. RECORD LEVEL - as required
3-87. Turn on the amplifier and test equipment and allow a five-
minute warm-up period. Adjust the oscillator for a one-volt
output at 500 cycles. Adjust the RECORD LEVEL control to
provide 0.78 volts across the 1K resistor. Adjust the frequency
of the oscillator from 250 to 4000 cycles-per-second and note
the adjustment of oscillator-output level necessary to maintain
a constant amplifier-output level of 0.78 volts.
3-88. MAINTAINING THE RE-RECORD EQUIPMENT. The
accessory manual, supplied with the ground-based re-record
Revised:
1 November 56,
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
his document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/9ECRErP75B00300R000100100001-1
equipment, describes the procedures to be followed in maintaining
the ground-based re-record equipment. The details of the
modifications incorporated in the commercially available units
are described in Section I of this instruction guide. Figures 1-24,
1-25, and 1- 26 show the modifications of circuits and interunit
cabling. The components involved in the modifications can be
identified by referring to the illustrated parts breakdown of
Section V.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/OSIcRETP75B00300R000I00100001-1
t. MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE FOR DUPLICATING CURVE Cc) OF FIGURE 1-21 (DISABLE BIAS
AND ERASE CIRCUITS)
OSCILLATOR
J402P
100K
20
"7:17
INPUT
VTVM
RECORD
AMPLIFIER
4405P
TEST SET-UP I
OUTPUT
VTVM
FREQUENCY RESPONSE IS NOTED AS INPUT LEVEL REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN
CONSTANT OUTPUT
2. MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE FOR DUPLICATING CURVES (b)AND Cd) OF FIGURE I-21
OSCILLATOR
J4 02P
100K
20
INPUT
VTVM
PLAYBACK
AMPLIFIER
3
2
J40413
TEST SET-UP SET-UP 2
OUTPUT
VT VM
FREQUENCY RESPONSE IS NOTED AS INPUT LEVEL REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN
CONSTANT OUTPUT
Figure 3-1. Test Set-Up for Measuring Frequency-
Response of Record and Playback Amplifiers
tyl\rtiftd Fp Release 2000/SitiffP751300300R000100100001-1
em er b.
3-63
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
AIRBORNE RADAR- MONITORING SYSTEM
SECTION IV
INSTALLATION DATA AND INTERUNIT CABLING
4-1. GENERAL. Detailed installation information involving a
specific type of aircraft is beyond the scope of the instruction guide.
However, weights and critical dimensions of the equipment are
tabulated. Given this information, a competent installation technician
will be able to install the airborne system in the aircraft. Details of
interunit cabling are also provided in this section of the instruction
guide.
4-2. EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
The components of the airborne system supplied under this contract
are shown in figure 1-1. The units are listed in table 4-1. The
table lists the weight, current requirements, and outline-drawing
figure number of each unit.
Unit
Table 4-1. Equipment Supplied
Weight
Current at Figure No. of
28 Volts D-C Outline Dwg.
S-Band Antenna Assembly
0 lb.
10 oz.
4-2
X-Band Antenna Assembly
0 lb.
7 oz.
4-3
Information Amplifier
1 lb.
0 oz.
1. 2 amps
4-4
Vibrator D-C Supply
1 lb.
8 oz.
1.0 amps
4-5
Information Recorder
10 lb.
15 oz.
2. 2 amps
4-6
Interconnecting Cables (Interunit Cabling Diagram, Figure 4-1)
W1201 or W1204
0 lb.
2 oz.
( 7 in.
long)
Wi 202
0 lb.
3 oz.
(24 in.
long)
W1 203
0 lb.
7 oz.
(60 in.
long)
W1 205
0 lb.
8 oz.
(30 in.
long)
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
ApPr9,Y.O.E9sr?139.1qq?.9??9P9195/d?le: 0PAAPP7A15QP?IPQ,13,99Q1.9.9.19,99Q1 -1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
4-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-WP75600300R000100100001-1
SECEVE
In addition to the equipment listed in Table 4-1, auxiliary
equipment is required to complete the installation. The
auxiliary equipment is not furnished under this contract, but,
is contained in the aircraft.
4-3. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT IN THE AIRCRAFT.
4-4. GENERAL. The location of the information
amplifiers is determined by the location of the antenna
assemblies and by the length of coaxial cables W1201
and W1204. These cables must not be under tension, and
should be provided with a bend radius of about two inches.
The other units of the system may be installed in any
location which is free of strong magnetic fields. If the
remaining interconnecting cables supplied with the equipment
(W1202, W1203, and W1205) are used, the units of the
airborne system should be located in positions which will
allow sufficient cable slack for plug removal. (See the
interunit-cabling diagram of figure 4-1.) If other factors
dictate greater separation of the airborne units, longer
versions of W1202, W1203, or W1205 can be fabricated.
After the location of the units has been determined,
proceed with the installation as described in paragraphs
4-5,through 4-10. When installing the equipment, observe
the following general precautions:
a. Use lock-washers with all machine screws.
b. Be sure that the units make good electrical contact
with the surface on which they are mounted. It may be
necessary to scrape the paint from the bottom of the
information amplifiers and power supply to insure good
electrical contact.
4-2
SECEIET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the mooning of the Espionage Laws, TM*
IC U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
4-5. INSTALLING THE S-BAND ANTENNA ASSEMBLIES.
An outline drawing of the S-band antenna assembly is shown
in figure 4-2. Four drilled-fillister-head 10-24 machine
screws, 1/2" long, are required to install the antennas.
The antennas are installed on the brackets mounted in the
aircraft. In installing the S-band antenna assemblies, the
dipole rods in front of the dish must be in a vertical
position (vertical polarization). After the four mounting
screws have been installed, they must be safety-wired in
place.
4-6. INSTALLING THE X-BAND ANTENNA ASSEMBLIES.
An outline drawing of the X-band antenna assembly is shown
in figure 4-3. Four drilled-fillister-head 10-24 machine
screws, 1/2" long, are required to install the antennas.
The antennas are installed on the brackets mounted in the
aircraft. In installing the X-band antenna assemblies, the
dipole rods in front of the dish are oriented at an angle of
45? with the vertical (45? polarization). After the four
mounting screws have been installed, they must be safety.
wired in place.
4-7. CHANGING ANTENNAS. Note that the antenna
mounting brackets hold the dishes in the following manner:
The plane of the dish periphery is parallel to the
centerline of the aircraft, but is oriented downward at an
angle of approximately four degrees. Do not attempt to
"straighten" the brackets to obtain perfectly vertical
orientation of the dishes. Note also that different antenna-
mounting brackets are used in mounting the antennas for
the different bands. If it is necessary to install antennas
for a different band, a different set of brackets will have to
be installed. The new brackets must be installed by a
competent airframe mechanic.
Approved For Release 200
,
?
4-3
RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the tronsmisslon or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200tPiterDP75600300R000100100001-1
4-8. INSTALLING THE INFORMATION AMPLIFIERS. An
outline drawing of the information-amplifier assembly is
shown in figure 4-4. Four 6-32 machine screws, 3/8" long,
are required to install the information amplifiers on sub-
plates. The sub-plate may be fabricated in accordance with
the requirements of the particular installation, but must be
large enough to accommodate the bolts used in fastening
the sub-plates to the aircraft. Four 10-24 machine screws
are sufficient for mounting a sub-plate to the aircraft.
The information amplifiers may be mounted in any position
which will permit the coaxial cables to be connected to the
antennas. Care must be taken to prevent damaging the
connectors located on the top of the information amplifiers.
4-9. INSTALLING THE VIBRATOR D-C SUPPLY. An
outline drawing of the power-supply assembly is shown in
figure 4-5. As in the case of the information amplifiers,
sub-plate installation is used. Four 6-32 machine screws,
1/2" long, are required to install the power supply on the
sub-plate. The power supply may be mounted in any
convenient position. Again, care must be taken to prevent
damaging the connectors located on the top of the power
supply.
4-10. INSTALLING THE INFORMATION RECORDER. An
outline drawing of the information recorder is shown in
figure 4-6. The information recorder is installed in the
special rack mountod in the aircraft; no screws are
required. The unit is oriented so that the jacks are above
the center-line of the unit, and so that the pins of the jacks
point toward the inside of the aircraft. Before the
Information recorder is installed in its special mounting
4-4
SECRET
2000/05/23 .? CIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
4PIREOgoijoinctrorRa Ion of Ina national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Lowe, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorised person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
rack, scrape some of the paint from the surface around the hole
designated in figure 4-6. Use a nut, bolt, lock washer, and
bonding strap to ground the recorder chassis to the aircraft.
4-11. INTERCONNECTING THE UNITS. Interconnect the units of
the airborne equipment with the equipment installed in the aircraft
in accordance with the interunit-cabling diagram of figure 4-1.
Note that the left-side antenna, information amplifier, etc. , are
defined from the pilot's position, facing toward the front of the
aircraft. Route the cables in a manner which will keep them from
being damaged by other objects. Allow sufficient slack in the cables
so that there is no tension when the connectors are in place. Clamp
cables in position (except the coaxial cables) using nylon-lined
cable clamps. Lock the cable plugs in place using the facilities
provided on the plugs or units.
Do not apply power to the system until it has
been determined that the polarity of the power
supply voltage is correct. Test the polarity of
the voltages appearing on the junction-box jack
which mates with P1201. Pin .F must have a
potential of +28 volts with respect to pin E.
Applying voltage of reversed polarity will damage
the capacitors in the vibrator d-c supply.
4-1 2. Table 4-2 lists the terminations of the interunit cables.
The list of terminations serves as a reference in identifying interunit
connections.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Ms document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
4-5
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 *CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
J201 (S-BAND JACK)
J301 IX-BAND JACK)
RIGHT-SIDE
ANTENNA 1
ASSEMBLY P201
VIBRATOR D-C SUPPLY
J401
WI NCH ESTER
HM4P-LR
J402
WINCHESTER
HM7P-LR
A
W1201
P401
WINCHESTER
M4S-LS
- -28V
- - 22 OV
-+220 V
+28V
A
A
A
W1202
RG-62/U
P101-RIGHT
RIGHT-SIDE
INFORMATION AMPLIFIER
28V AlA
-110V,-220V- BIB
+110V -C C
+28V D D
+220 V- E E
PI02- RIGHT
WINCHESTER
M7S -LS
F F
H H
DID
J101
UG-290/U
J 102
WINCHESTER
H M7P-LR
SIGNAL-RIGHT AlA J103
WINCHESTER
GND -RIGHT B B
HM 4 P-LR
CIC
P103-RIGHT
WINCHESTER
M4S-LS
WI203
-28V
--110V,-220V
1110V
- 28 V
-+220V
P402
WI NCHESTER
M7S- LS
J201 (S-BAND JACK)
J301 (X-BAND JACK)
LEFT-SIDE
ANTENNA
ASSEMBLY
I
P201
P103-LEFT
WINCHESTER
M 4S- LS
GND -LEFT
SIGNAL-LEFT
WI204
P102-LEFT
WINCHESTER
M7S -LS
+ 220V
+28V
+110 V
II OV,-220V
28V
RG 62/U
PI 01- LEFT
J103
WINCHESTER
HM4P-LR
JI02
WI NCI-1 ESTER
HM7P-LR
JI 01
UG -290/U
LEFT-SIDE
INFORMATION AMPLIFIER
TO 110V
400.-,,,3
? ?
LL
AIRCRAFT
JUNCTION BOX
7
AN3102A-I 4S- 5S
AN31024- 20- 27S
LL
+220V N N
220V M M
GND-LEFT A A
SIGNAL-LEFT- B B
SIGNAL-RIGHT- D D
GN+D2-8RIGHT C C
F F
-28V E E
P1201 AN310133 - 20-27P
V
AN3106E-20-27P AN3100E-20-27S
XX
J J
I I
HH
GG
CI
NN
MM
WINCHESTER
MR E -7-2P -G
40 INFORMATION OUTPUT ?
TRACK 1 PLAYBACK AMPLIFIER OUTPUT
SH LD
TRACK 2 PLAYBACK AMPLIFIER OUTPUT
TRACK 3 PLAYBACK AMPLIFIER OUTPUT
PI NS E AND H ARE JOINED WHEN
PLUG IS CONNECTED TO J701
P1202
AN3106B-I4S?5P
E E KEY I
D D KEY 3
C C KEY 2
B B KEY 5
A A KEY 4
AN3102A- I65- S
EE
PI203
AN3 IO6B-16S -8P
AA
BB
DD
CC
Fr
EE
AN 3100E-28 -21P
D +28V
CC- - 28 V
137-+220V
A A -220V
PI204
AN3I06-14S-2P
D D GND -LEFT
C C SIGNAL-LEFT
B B SIGNAL-RIGHT
A A- GND- RIGHT
AN3I0 6E 28-215
AN3100E-28-2I P
AN 3106E-28-21 S
TO POWER f + 28V
JUNCTION BOX t -28V
16 GAUGE
3
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
J
AN3102A-I4S -2S
WI 205
SEE
NOTE I
+28V
- 28V
+220V
-220 V
a
cicicici
V
SIGNAL- RIGHT
GND-RIGHT
SIGNAL-LE FT
GN D -LEFT
KEY I
KEY 2
KEY 3
KEY 4
KEY 5
P702
WINCHESTER
MRE-21S- G
INFORMATION RECORDER
U
0
B J701
n WINCHESTER
B MRE -7-2S -G
Fl
U
NOTES
I. CABLES DESIGNATED W1205 ARE IDENTICAL TO CABLES
DESIGNATED W1205-1. CABLES DESIGNATED WI205-2
ARE USED WITH INFORMATION RECORDERS EQUIPPED
WITH HEATERS, AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION IV.
2. ALL WIRE IS 4*20 GAUGE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Figure 4-1. Airborne Equipment, Interunit
Cabling Diagram
4-6
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 200050CRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 4- 2. Terminations of Interunit Cables
Gable W1 201
Gable Wt 204 .
From
To
From
To
P1201
P101 Right
P201
P101 Left
Cable W1 202
Cable W1 205
From
To
From
To
P40 2A
P40 2B
P40 2C
P40 2D
P40 2E
P1 0 2A.*
P10 2B*
P102C*
P10 2D*
P102E*
P70 2A
P70 2B
P70 2E
P70 2F
P70 2K
P70 2L
P70 2P
P70 2R
P1 203D
P1 203C
P1 203B
P1 203A
P1 204B
P1 204A
P1 204C
P1 204D
P1 20 2E
P1 202C
P1 202D
P1 202A
P1 202B
P70 2J
Cable WI 203
From
To
P1 201.A.
P1 201B
P1 201C
P1201D
P1201E
P1201F
P1 201M
P1 201N
P103B Right
P10 3A. Right
P103B Left
P103A. Left
P401A
P401D
P401B
P401C
P70 2U
P70 2V
P70 2W
P70 2X
P70 2Y
P70 2H
*Right and Left
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved proved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75B00300R00010010001-1
his document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
4-6A
uoT2Eitei.sui
-... Approved For Release 2000/05/23 :-GrIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 :-GIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
00
[E
00
O0
O0
O0
O0
O0
00
4- 1.125 --?
0
00
.625
O0
O0
-PI .875
3.375
1.250 --?
ATTACH BONDING
STRAP HERE
.188 DIAMETER, 4-HOLES
2.812
1
4.437
15.250
?
?
.187 4" .750
)
)
4 12.312
?.005
11.000
14.875t'005
?
SECRET
Figure 4-6. Information Recorder, Installation
Dimensions
4 - 1 1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
AIRBORNE RADAR-MONITORING SYSTEM
SECTION V
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
AND
MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST
5-1. GENERAL ORGANIZATION.
5-2. All units, assemblies, and replaceable electrical, electronic,
and non-standard (specially fabricated) mechanical parts of the
Airborne Radar-Monitoring System have been assigned a maintenance
part number (MP number). Units, assemblies, and parts are called
out in the illustrations contained in this section of the instruction
guide. The units, major assemblies, and accessories of the system
are listed in Table 5-1, along with corresponding maintenance parts
numbers.
5-3. The maintenance part number indicated on the name plate
affixed to each of the units applies to the unit (less accessories) and
not to any one part of the unit. For example, MP10922 appears on
the ?-band antenna assembly name plate and applies to the complete
S-band assembly including the dish, dipoles, coaxial feed, crystal
holder and crystal; MP10641 appears on the information-amplifier
name plate and applies to the complete information amplifier
including case, printed-circuit board, and all associated electrical,
electronic, and mechanical parts.
5-4. In general, non-standard (specially fabricated) mechanical
parts are called out directly as MP numbers on the illustrations,
while electrical and electronic parts are called out by reference
symbol designations (R356, C791, etc.) on the illustrations. Where
applicable, a tabulation of reference symbol designations and MP
numbers follows the illustrated parts breakdown of each of the units.
Approved For Release 200
;-loc){,tai; DP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Lows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to on unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
5-5. HOW TO USE THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
AND MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST-. To determine the MP
number of any part of the airborne units, ground-based units,
or accessories, locate the illustration of the unit or assembly
containing the part. The part will be identified (called out)
either directly as an MP number, or as a reference-symbol
number. If the reference symbol number of a part is called
out, a table of reference symbols cross referenced to MP
numbers will follow the illustration. The illustration which
shows the part may be found quickly by making use of Table 5-1
and the list of illustrations for Section V.
Approved For Release 20?NRCE-RDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espi Laws, Title
IS, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission Of revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-1. Maintenance Parts List, Equipment Comprising
the Airborne Radar Monitoring System
Unit MP Number
Airborne Equipment:
S-Band Antenna Assembly (Figures 1-5 and 5-1) 109 22
X-Band Antenna Assembly (Figures 1-7 and 5-2) 10308
Information Amplifier (Figure 5-3) 10641
Printed-Circuit Board (Figure 5-4) 1000 2
Information Recorder (Figures 5-5, 5-7, 5-8, 5-9,
5-10, 5-11, 5-12, 5-13) 10737
Printed-Circuit Board (Figure 5-6) 10001
Reel and Ring-Gear Assembly 10,015
Vibrator D-C Supply (Figures 5-14 and 5-15) 10406
Airborne Equipment Interconnecting Cables: (Figure 1-1)
WI 201 63003
W1 202 63005
W1 203 63004
W1 204 63003
W1205-2 10993
Ground-Based Equipment:
Re-Record Equipment
(1) Amplifier and Rack Assembly 10811
Includes Rack and
(1) Modified Master Amplifier (Figures 1-4
and 5-18) 10306
(2) Modified Slave Amplifiers (Figures 1-4
and 5-18) 10116
(1) Power Supply and Case Assembly (Figure 1-4) 10404
Includes Case and
(3) Power Supplies (Figure 1-4)
(1) High-Speed Record Transport (Figure 1-4) 10920
(1) Low-Speed Playback Transport (Figure 1-4
and 5-16) 10639
Interconnecting Cables: (Figure 1-24)
(3) Power-Supply Ext9nsion Cables 63007
(2) Bias-Interconnecting Cables 63008
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
SECRET
5-3
Approved For Release 2000/SECREFF)P75600300R000100100001-1
Table 4. Maintenance Parts List, Equipment Comprising
the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System
(Continued)
Unit MP Number
Ground-Based Equipment: (Continued)
(1) Power-Interconnecting Cable 63010
(1) Modified Power-Interconnecting Cable
(Figure 5-17) 63011
(1) Primary-Power Cable 63012
Test Set (Figure 1-3) 10566
Test Set Accessories:
S-Band Horn 10405
X-Band Horn 10313
Horn-Feed Cable (W510) 63014
Horn-Mounting Tripod 10506
Primary-Power Cable (W507) 63015
Headphones 10505
VTVM 10702
Information-Amplifier Monitoring Cable (W513) 63025
Information-Recorder Monitoring Cable (W512) 63021
Information-Recorder Extension Cable (W511) 63017
6 ft. Steel Measuring Tape 10507
Miscellaneous:
Head Demagnetizer 10143
Standard Alignment Tape 10144
Magnetic Tape for Information Recorder 10145
Magnetic Tape for Re-Record Equipment 10146
10 1/2 in. NARTB Reer 10177
Editing Knob for 10 1/2 in. NARTB Reel 10191
Splicing Tape 10164
Tape Splicer 10173
Desiccant 10212
Revised:
1 November 56.
SERE
Approved For Release 2000/05/2C3 : CIA-RT
DP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-4
Approved For Release 2000/5/Eargir75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-1. Maintenance Parts List, Equipment Comprising
the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System
(Continued)
Unit
MP Number
Miscellaneous: (Continued)
Test Cable for Information Recorder Printed-
Circuit Board
62997
Table Top Dolly
10415
S-Band Test Horn Mount
10 654
X-Band Test Horn Mount
10656.
Cement
10 220
Electrical Tape
10 229
Revised: 5-4A
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/WRIMP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/_S ECM T 5600300R000100100001-1
MP10114
M P 10307
MP10097
M P 55001
COMPLETE ASSEMBLY
M PI0922
Figure 5-1. S-Band Antenna Assembly, Parts Callouts
vised:
pfplygsliF9g Release 2000/05/tEddy5B00300R000100100001-1 5_5
Approved For Release 2000W.RWFDP75B00300R000100100001-1
STANDARD #6-32
SCREWS, NUTS AND INTERNAL =-
STAR LOCK WASHERS
COMPLETE ASSEMBLY
MPI0308
Figure 5-2. X-Band Antenna Assembly, Parts
Callouts
Approved For Release 2000Milg1urDP75B00300R000100100001-1
5-6
Approved For Release 2000/05SECRET75B00300R000100100001-1
COMPLETE ASSEMBLY
MPI0641
COVER ASSEMBLY -
MP10142
CASE ASSEMBLY
MPI0141
Figure 5-3. Information Amplifier
Approved For Release 2000/05Adirt75B00300R000100100001-1
5-7
Approved For Release 2000/05EME7F'75B00300R000100100001-1
INFORMATION AMPLIFIER PARTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-3
Maintenance
Part Number Nomenclature
10688 Desiccant Case Assembly
10663 Desiccant Case
10675 Desiccant Case Cover
10836 Breather Plug Assembly
10683 Breather Plug Nut
Revised:
1 November 56.
C
Approved For Release 2000/S05E/23 :gf/DP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains no motion affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage lows, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-7A
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
DL 101
R108
RI22
RI39
CR102
CII8
CR 103
R168
1101
RII5
R126
C103
C101
- R101
RI03
R102 V101 CI22 CI24
RI44
SECRET
R145
RI 42
0105
RI II
RII7
V106
PRINTED CIRCUIT
ASSEMBLY
MPI0002
R105
R109
V102
RII2
RII6
V103
0110
CII5
R146
RI 27
RI50
RI47
RI33
V105
V111
V104
V107
RI53
V108
RI58
RI72
RI 60
0131
R164
RI66
RI71
PI67
Ri65
RI61
V110
RI 57
V109
R159
SECRET
R104 0121
CI 20
RII0
CII2
R141
RI24
CI I9
RI28
Figure 5-4. Information Amplifier, Printed-
Circuit Board, Parts Callouts
5-8
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 200?RititRDP75600300R000100100001-1
Table 5-2. Maintenance Parts List,
Information Amplifiers
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number JAN Number Description
C101 MP30003 4 MM 150V Tantalytic
C102 MP30045 1000 Mmfd 600V
C103 MP30003 Same as C101
C104 MP30045 Same as C102
C105 MP30041 .02 Mid Disc Ceramic
C106,C107 Not Used
C108 MP30041 Same as C105
C109 MP30003 Same as C101
C110 MP30045 Same as C102
C111 MP30035 1000 Mmfd 500V
Silver Mica
C112 MP30041 Same as C105
C113,C114 Not Used
C115 MP30041 Same as C105
C116 MP30035 Same as C111
C117 MP30005 2 Mid 100V
Silverlytic
C118 MP30041 Same as C105
C119 MP30005 Same as C117
C120 MP30041 Same as C105
C121 MP30041 Same as C105
C122 MP30045 Same as C102
C123 MP30002 1 Mid 150V Tantatylic
C124 MP30002 Same as C123
C125 MP30045 Same as C102
C126 MP30041 Same as C105
C127, C128 Not Used
C129 MP30045 Same as C102
C130 MP30040 300 Mmfd 500V
Silver Mica
C131 MP30005 Same as C117
C132 MP30036 500 Mmfd 500V
Silver Mica
C133 MP30041 Same as C105
C134 MP30041 Same as C105
CR101 Not Used
CR102 MP55003
CR103 MP55003
Crystal Diode
Same as CR102
5-9
SECLIET
Approved For Relase 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Ts documentcantons information affecting
the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibiled by low.
Approved For Release 2000/0E5/23 R:
Table 5-2. Maintenance Parts List,
Information Amplifiers
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
DL101
MP64002
Delay Line
E101-E111
MP10158
Shields, Tube
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
R106, R107
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112
R113, R114
R115
R116
R117
R118
R119-R121
R122
R123
R124
R125
R126 '
R127
R128
R129
R130, R131
R132
R133
R134, R135
R136
R137
MP20234
MP20219
MP20189
MP20122
MP20296
Not Used
MP20002
MP20321
MP20146
MP20138
MP20296
Not Used
MP20368
MP20174
MP20102
MP20296
Not Used
MP20189
MP20138
MP20263
MP20255
MP20296
MP20157
MP20169
MP20138
Not Used
MP20107
MP20153
Not Used
MI320325
MP20206
15K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
4.7KOhrns 5%1/2 Watt
3.9KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
270 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
100KOhrns 5%1/2 Watt
6.8K Ohms 5% 3 Watt
5.1K Ohms 5% 1 Watt
220 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
3K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
Same as R105
22K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
510 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
1.8KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R105
Same as R103
Same as R111
13K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
7.5KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R105
1 Megohms 5%1/2 Watt
10K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
Same as R111
4.7 Megohms
5% 1/2 Watt
2.2 Megohms
5% 1/2 Watt
27K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
62KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
5-10
d For Release 200? T-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
(KRA
ThPEcrum?vntecontains information affecting the national deans of 'the United Slates within the meaning of sheEs 1 nage Law Title
18, USC., Section 793 and 791, the transmission or revelation of whichIn any manner to an unauthorized perso iti'pQrahibited by. law.
Approved For Release 200 00100001-1
Table 5-2. Maintenance Parts List,
Information Amplifiers
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
R138
R139
R140
R141
R142
R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148, R149
R150
R151
R152
R153
EtA54
R155, R156
R157
R158
R159
R160
R161
R162,R163
R164
R165
R166
R167
R168
R169,R170
R171
R172
R173
R174
MP20271
MP20254
Not Used
MP20104
MP20189
MP20375
MP20176
MP20169
MP20138
MP20169
Not Used
MP20167
MP20320
MP20101
MP20116
MP20106
Not Used
MP20368
MP20180
MP20368
Not Used
MP20101
MP20157
MP20103
MP20103
MP20218
Not Used
MP20079
MP20079
1V1P20001
3.3KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
6.8K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
2KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R103
470K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
560K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R128
Same as R111
12K Ohms 5% i/2, Watt
30KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
150K Ohms 5501/2 Watt
220K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
5.1KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
110KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R115
Selected Value
Selected Value
36KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R115
Same as R152
Same as R127
24KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R166
4.3K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
Selected Value
12 Ohms 5% 3 Watt
Same as R172
43 Ohms 5% 3 Watt
T101
MP58003
Pulse Transformer
V101-V111
MP45002
CK6152
5-11
SECRET
ARprd-20vd crolo,e,ItlIzen0399,9/9,5,0, 0:19?187,pspizag9o3ooftgpsi tlywoptoo 1 -1
men contain, ma o ? meaning Espionage 1,
18, U.S.C? Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/?KRU5B00300R000100100001-1
BOTTOM COVER ASSEMBLY
MP10070
0P COVER ASSEMBLY
Figure 5-5. Information Recorder
Approved For Release 2000/05/SECREFF5B00300R000100100001-1
5-12
Approved For Release 2000/SECRErP75B00300R000100100001-1
INFORMATION RECORDER PARTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-5
Maintenance
Part Number Nomenclature
10 236 Top Cover
10237, Desiccant Case
10 238 Desiccant Case Cover
10 23 2 Breather Plug Assembly
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/At : gf-TDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affectino the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
5-1 2A
Approved For Release 2000/SICREV75B00300R000100100001-1
INFORMATION RECORDER
PRINTED-CIRCUIT BOARD PARTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-6
Maintenance
Part Number Nomenclature
10763 Support Spacer
10823 Component-Shielding Cup
10684 Tube-Shielding Cup
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/MFMDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-13A
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
REEL-GUIDE
ASSEMBLY
MPI0651
MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY
MP 10278
REEL-GUIDE
ASSEMBLY
MPI0651
MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY
MR 0350
TAPE-GUIDE
ASSEMBLY
MP 10013
LOOP -ARM
ASSEMBLY
MPI0041
SUPPLY-REEL
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
MP 10184
TAKEUP- REEL
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
MR 10168
HEAD AND HEAD-COVER
ASSEMBLY M PI0087
Revised:
1 November 56.
JAM ROLLER ASSEMBLY -
MPI0626
TRANSITION ASSEMBLY
MP 10016
REEL-GUIDE
ASSEMBLY
MPI0651
MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY
MR 10350
TAPE REEL AND
RING GEAR ASSEMBLY
MP10015
REEL-GUIDE
ASSEMBLY
MR 10651
MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY
MPI0350
LOOP-ARM
ASSEMBLY
MP 10046
SECRET
BRACKET
MR 10003
HOUSING
ASSEMBLY
MP10362
PRINTED
CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
MP 10081
MOUNTING
BRACKET
MP 10109
COMPLETE HOUSING ASSEMBLY
MP 10804
CABLE CLAMP
MPI0457
BRACKET MPI0004
BRACKET MPI0005
SPACER MPI0009
PLUG M P62006
COVER MPI0007
BRACKET MPI0616
PLUG MP6I003
COVER MP 10008
\ IBRACKET MP10006
SPACER MPI0009
DECAL
MP 10304
CAPSTAN -MOTOR
MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
MP10539
CAPSTAN AND
CAPSTAN-DRIVE ASSEMBLY
MP 10595
CAPSTAN-MOTOR AND
FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY
MP10048
SECRET
TERMINAL BOARD
MP 10092
R786 MP20189
CABLE CLAMP
MPI0849
HARNESS MP10946
MOUNTING BRACKET
MPI0108
SPACER MPI0810
L706 MP40021
MOUNTING PLATE MPI0090
SPACER MP 10089
Figure 5-7. Information Recorder, Major
Mechanical-Assembly Callouts
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 200SEMIRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
INFORMATION RECORDER
MAJOR MECHANICAL-ASSEMBLY PARTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-7
Maintenance
Part Number Nomenclature
10136* Tape-Guide Support Shaft (Tape-Guide Assembly)
10182* Tape Guide
10215* Tape-Guide Washer
10093* Washer
*Part of Tape-Guide Assembly, MP 10013,
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2?NbCRRIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-14A
Approved For Release 2000/05/2SECRET5B00300R000100100001-1
Figure 5-8. Reel-Drive Assemblies, Parts
Callouts
LOOP ARM ASSEMBLY (SUPPLY REEL) MPI0041
LOOP ARM ASSEMBLY (TAKEUP REEL) MPI0046
MPI0248 (SUPPLY REEL)
I MPI0242 (TAKEUP REEL)
MP10126--
MP10113----
MPI0185
MPI0312
MPI0115
MPI0117
MPI0127
MP20242
MPI0247
MPI0120 MP10118
MPI0121 MPI0132
MPI0122 MPI0123 MPI0125
MPI0294
(SUPPLY REEL)
MPI0343
(TAKEUP REEL)
Figure 5-9. Loop-Arm Assembly, Parts Callouts
Revised:
1Al\piv-isi4bci8i2 Release 2000/05/2Saltilli5B00300R000100100001-1 5-15
Approved For Release 2000/SIE'CREDP75B00300R000100100001-1
REEL-DRIVE ASSEMBLIES, PARTS CALLOUTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-8
Maintenance
Part Number Nomenclature
10607 Bottom Plate
10747 Gear Box Sub-Assembly (Supply Reel)
10723 Gear Box Sub-Assembly (Take-Up Reel)
LOOP-ARM ASSEMBLY, PARTS CA.LLOUTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-9
Maintenance
Part Number Nomenclature
10673 Loop-Arm Sub-Assembly
10 244 Spacer
101 29 Commutator Assembly (Loop Arm)
10198 Bushing, Screw Insulation
Revised:
1 November 56. g3C
Approved For Release 2000/A . gPXP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-15A
Approved For Release 2000/05/SECW5B00300R000100100001-1
HEAD AND HEAD-COVER ASSEMBLY
MP 10087
MPI0026
MPI0017
Figure 5-10. Head, and Head-Cover Assembly,
Parts Callouts
Revised:
5-16
Alafribifedl,Pdrelease 2000/05/2SECREISB00300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETDP75B00300R000100100001-1
HEAD AND HEAD-COVER ASSEMBLY, PARTS CALLOUTS
Maintenance
Part Number
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-10
Nomenclature
10830 Cable-Clamp Bracket
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/MFRITDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the notional defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-16A
Approved For Release 2000?KMDP75B00300R000100100001-1
?
4.44,3"t
MP 10838
? MP 10533 .?
? MPI0744.
MP 10955 .?
MPI08t2.
*771.7 MPIQ600
? : ?
. ? .
:? ?
8.1,Y
?- ? ? ? ? ? . 1:.
Figure 5-11. Jam Roller Assembly, Parts
Callouts
MP 10048
MP 10539
MPIOIO3 MP10110
M P10647
'
MP10649
MP10695
MP10696
MP10189 ft4PK1411
? MP10595 MP10112
MPI0648
MP 10155
MPI0052
MP10,051
Figure 5-11A. Capstan and Capstan-Drive,
Motor and Flywheel, and Capstan-Motor
Mounting .A.s semblie s, Parts Callouts
Revised:
AptiffVetiDFOr5lkelease 20005ECREFDP75B00300R000100100001-1 5-16)3
Approved For Release 2000/3/Eater75B00300R000100100001-1
Maintenance
Part Number
JAM ROLLER ASSEMBLY PARTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-11
Nomenclature
10756 Jam Roller Spring
CAPSTAN AND CAPSTAN DRIVE, MOTOR AND FLYWHEEL,
AND CAPSTAN-MOTOR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES PARTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 5-11A.
Maintenance
Part Number
Nomenclature
10443 Capstan Motor and Flywheel Sub-Assembly
'Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?MILP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
5-16C
Approved For Release 2000/5KRUP75B00300R000100100001-1
Figure 5-12. Transition Assembly, Parts
Callouts
Figure 5-13. Reel-Support, Parts Callouts
Revised:
1 Approtbad For Release 2000/05SlEatE1'75B00300R000100100001-1 5-17
Approved For Release 2000SICRELP75B00300R000100100001-1
MPI0705
MP t0700
MP 10703
REEL GUIDE ASSEMBLY
MPI0651
MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
MP 10350
MOUNTING ASSEMBLY-.
MP 10278
Figure 5-13A. Reel-Guide and Mounting
Assemblies, Parts Callouts
Revised:
AppirwaggERetgase 2000/Setrar75B00300R000100100001-1 5-1 7A
Approved For Release 2000/SMEEITP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-3. Maintenance Parts List,
Printed-Circuit Board Assembly of
Information Recorder
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
C701
MP 30033
.01 Mfd 1% 500 V Silver
Mica
C702
MP 30033
Same as C701
C703
MP 30034
.047 Mfd 600 V
C704
MP 30047
.01 Mfd 400 V
C705
MP 30047
Same as C704
C706
MP 3001 2
.01 Mfd 600 V Disc
Ceramic
C707,
C708
Not Used
C709
MP 30033
Same as C701
C710
MP 30033
Same as C701
C711
MP 30034
Same as C703
C71 2
MP 30047
Same as C704
C713
MP 30047
Same as C704
C714
MP 3001 2
Same as C706
C715,
C716
Not Used
C717
MP 30033
Same as C701
C718
MP 30033
Same as C701
C719
MP 30034
Same as C703
C720
MP 30047
Same as C704
C721
MP 30047
Same as C704
C722
MP 3001 2
Same as C706
C723,
C724
Not Used
C7 25
MP 30033
Same as C701
C726
MP 30033
Same as C701
C7 27
MP 30034
Same as C703
C728
MP 30047
Same as C704
C7 29
MP 30047
Same as C704
C730
MP 3001 2
Same as C706
C732
MP 30065
.0047 Mfd 10% 100 V
?733
MP 38955
.0 22 Mfd 10% 100 V
C734
MP 30006
6 Mfd 40 V Electrolytic
C735
MP 30005
2 Mfd 100 V Electrolytic
C736
MP 30005
Same as C735
C737
MP 30030
0.1 Mfd 200 V
C738,
C739
Not Used
C740
MP 30044
.0047 Mfd 100 V
?741
MP 30019
.01 Mfd 200 V
C74 2
Not Used
C743
MP 30041
.0 2 Mfd 600 V Disc
Ceramic
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/WRIPLP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-18
Approved For Release 2000/SECRErP751300300R000100100001-1
Table 5-3. Maintenance Parts List,
Printed-Circuit Board Assembly of Information Recorder
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
C744
MP 300 28
6200 Mmfd 1% 500 V
C745
MP 30030
Same as C737
C746
MP 30041
Same as C743
C747,
C748
Not Used
C749
MP 30041
Same as C743
C750
MP 30017
1500 Mmfd 5% 500 V
Silver Mica
C751
MP 30017
Same as C750
C752,
MP 30017
Same as C750
C753
MP 30017
Same as C750
C754
MP 30003
4 Mfd 150 V
C755
MP 30003
Same as C754
C756
MP 30007
20 Mfd 10 V
C757
MP 30041
Same as C743
C758
MP 30007
Same as C756
C759
MP 30041
Same as C743
C760
MP 30007
Same as C756
C761
MP 30041
Same as C743
C762
MP 30004
100 Mfd 50 V
C763
MP 3010 2
800 Mmfd 600 V
C764
MP 30102
Same as C763
C765
MP 3010 2
Same as C763
L701
MP 40004
10 MH
L702
MP 4001 2
50 MH
L703
MP 40004
Same as L701
L704
MP 4001 2
Same as L702
L705
MP 400 20
1 H
L706
MP 400 21
50 MH
L707
MP 10 600
24 V Solenoid Coil
Q701
MP 50001
Type 903 Transistor
Q702
MP 50001
Same as Q701
Q703
MP 50001
Same as Q701
Q704
MP 5000.2
Type 951 Transistor
Q705
MP 5000 2
Same as Q704
Q706
MP 50002
Same as Q704
R742
Selected Value
R743
M,i) .20101
Same as R707
R744
MP 20 296
Same as R703
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-19
Approved For Release 2000/05/21.
SECD
DP75600300R000100100001-1
Table 5-3. Maintenance Parts List,
Printed-Circuit Board Assembly of
Information Recorder
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
R701
Selected Value
R702
Same as R701
R703
MP20296
100K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
R704
MP20035
1.5K Ohms 1% Wirewound
R705
MP20036
3.3K Ohms 1% Wirewound
R706
Selected Value
R707
MP20101
220K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
R708
MP20296
Same as R703
R709
MP20116
5.1KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
R710
MP20101
Same as R707
R711
MP20326
1K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
R712
MP20368
22KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
R713
MP20169
10 KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
R714
MP20368
Same as R712
R715
MP20249
2.2K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
R716-R718
Not Used
R719
Selected Value
R720
Same as R719
R721
M1320296
Same as R703
R722
MP20035
Same as R704
R723
MP20036
Same as R705
R724
Selected Value
R725
MP20101
Same as R707
R726
MP20296
Same as R703
R727
M1320116
Same as R709
R728
MP20101
Same as R707
R729
MP20368
Same as R712
R730
MP20326
Same as R711
R731
MP20169
Same as R713
R732
MP20368
Same as R712
R733
MP20249
Sam6 as R715
R734-R736
Not Used
R737
MP20191
9.1K Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
R738
MP20191
Same as R737
R739
MP20296
Same as R703
R740
MP20035
Same as R704
R741
MP20036
Same as R705
5-20
S]CPA
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 %.,1 -RDP75600300R000100100001-1
hl document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECRErP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-3. Maintenance Parts List,
Printed-Circuit Board Assembly of Information Recorder
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
JA.N Number
Part Number
Description
R745
R746
R747
R748
R749
R750
R751
MP 20116
MP 20101
MP 20368
MP 20326
MP 201 69
MP 20368
MP 20 249
Same as R709
Same as R707
Same as R71 2
Same as R711
Same as R713
Same as R712
Same as R715
R752-R754
Not Used
R755
MP 201.58
12K Ohms 5% 1/2>Watt
R756
MP 20158
Same as R755
R757
MP 20 296
Same as R703
R758
MP 20035
Same as R704
R759
MP 20036
Same as R705
R760
Selected Value
R761
MP 20101
Same as R707
R762
MP 20 296
Same as R703
R763
MP 20116
Same as R709
R764
MP 20101
Same as R707
R765
MP 2Q368
Same as R71 2
R766
MP 20326
Same as R711
R767
MP 201 69
Same as R713
R768
MP 20368
Same as R71 2
R769
MP 20249.
Same as R715
R770-R772
Not Used
R773
MP 20315
130K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R774
MP 201 69
Same as R713,
R775
MP 20 296
Same as R703
R776
MP 20 249
Same as R715_
R777
MP 20115
1300 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R778
Selected Value
R779
MP 20 296
Same as R703
R780
MP 201 69
Same as R713
R781
MP 20105
910 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R782
MP 20368
Same as R712
R783
MP 20116
Same as R709
R784
hap 20368
Same as R712
R785
MP 201 69
Same as R713
R786
MP 20189
3.9K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R787
Not Used
R788
MP 20177
39K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R789
MP 20 296
Same as R703
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
TIth document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-21
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-3. Maintenance Parts List,
Printed-Circuit Board Assembly of Information Recorder
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
R790
R791
R792
R793
R794
R795
R796
MP 20326
MP 20192
MP 20296
MP 20379
MP 20296
MP 20104
MP 20163
Same as R711
100 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
Same as R703
47K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
Same as R703
2K Ohms 5% 1/2 watt
10 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R797
Selected Value
R798
MP 20192
Same as R791
R799
Selected Value
R800
Not Used
R801
Selected Value
R802
MP 20072
20K Potentiometer
R803
MP 20192
Same as R791
R804
MP 20072
Same as R802
R805
MP 20192
Same as R791
R806
MP 20003
30 Ohms 5% 3 Watt
R807
MP 20093
Same as R806
R808
MP 20003
Same as R806
R809
MP 20003
Same as R806
R810-R814
Not Used
R815
MP 20180
36K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R816
MP 20026
13K Ohms 5% 2 Watt
R817
MP 20101
Same as R707
R818
MP 20326
Same as R711
R819
MP 20375
470K Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R820
MP 20101
Same as R707
R821
MP 20368
Same as R712
R822
MP 20101
Same as R707
R823
MP 20326
Same as R711
R824
MP 20375
Same as R819
R825
MP 20101
Same as R707
R826
MP 20368
Same as R712
R827
MP 20101
Same as R707
R828
MP 20326
Same as R711
R829
MP 20375
Same as R819
R830
MP 20101
Same as R707
R831
MP 20368
Same as R712
R833-R858
MP 20242
22 Ohms 5% 1 Watt
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000?5NUIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-22
Approved For Release 2000/STCRIMP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-3. Maintenance Parts List,
Printed-Circuit Board Assembly of Information Recorder
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number ,
JAN Number Description
V701 - V706
MP 45001
Type 6112
V707, V708
Not Used
V709-V714
MP 45001
Same as V701
Y701
MP 65501
1000 cps Crystal Unit
Revised:
Approlvarregglate 2000/AKMP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/WMP75B00300R000100100001-1
COVER AND CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
MPI0080
Figure 5-14. Vibrator D-C Supply
Approved For Release 2000/0SECIETP75B00300R000100100001-1
5-24
Approved For Release 2000g2difirP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-4. Maintenance Parts List,
Vibrator D-C Supply
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
C401
C402
C403
C404
C405
C406
C407
C408
MP30022
MP30008
MP30008
MP30004
MP30041
MP30041
MP30021
MP30021
0.1 Mfd 400V
25 Mfd 180V
Same as C402
' 100 Mfd 50V
.02 MM 600V
Same as C405
.002 MM 600V
Same as C407
CR401
CR402
CR403
CR404
MP55004
MP55004
MP55004
MP55004
Diode, 1N335
Same as CR401
Same as CR401
Same as CR401
F401
MP57001
Fuse, 3 Ampere,
Slow-Blow
G401
MP65001
Vibrator
L401
MP40009
27 Microhenries
R401
R402
R403
R404
MP20381
MP20381
MP20379
MP20379
20 Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
Same as R401
47KOhrns 5% 1/2 Watt
Same as R403
T401
MP58002
Power Transformer
5-26
Approved For Release 200? ATDP75B00300R000100100001-1
TMs document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning e the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05MNIP75B0030.0R000100100001-1
NOTE:
CALLOUTS INDICATE
MODIFICATION PARTS
ONLY
Figure 5-16. Low-Speed Playback Transport,
Parts Callouts
Approved For Release 2000/SRRWIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
5-27
Approved For Release 2000/ANInTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Figure 5-17. Power Interconnecting Cable
(5759-1 Modified to Include W1301),
Parts Callouts
Approved For Release 2000/SkiNg1OP75B00300R000100100001-1
5-28
:
Approved For Release 2000/SECRUP75B00300R000100100001-1
RI303
CI302
SI302
NOTE:
CALLOUTS INDICATE
MODIFICATION PARTS
ONLY
Figure 5-18. Master or Slave Amplifier, Parts
Callouts
Approved For Release 2000/SECREIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
5- 29
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
Table 5-5. Maintenance Parts List,
Re-Record Equipment
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
B1301
MP10640
Motor
C1301
MP30066
Starting Capacitor
for B1301
C1302
MP30069
2 Mid 200V
C1303
MP30034
. 05 Mid 200V
R.1301
MP20375
470KOhms 5%1 /2 Watt
R1302
MP20275
1.5 Megohm 5%1/2 Watt
R1303
MP20315
130KOhms 5%1/2 Watt
S1301
MP60002
S. P. D. T. Toggle Switch
S1302
MP60002
Same as S1301
S1303
MP60005
4P. D. T. Rotary Switch
W1301
MP63026
Cable
5-30
Approved For Release 20d?/RMILDP751300300R000100100001-1
This document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United Stales within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Thle
IS, U.S.C., Section 193 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 200(gckligtRDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-6. Maintenance Parts List,
Ground-Based Test Set
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number Description
AT501
10562
S-band attenuator
A.T502
67501
X-band attenuator
A.T503
67503
20-db attenuator
B501
10321
Blower motor
C501AB
33440
20/20 ma 450 V
C503
33441
0.1 Mid 10% 200 V
C504
Same as C503
C506AB
Same as C501
C508
30067
0.1 Mfd 10% 400 V
C509
33442
20 Mfd 450 V
C510
30041
0.02 Mid. (min.) 600 V
C511
Same as C509
C512
Same as C503
C513
33443
5 Mid 10% 600 V
C514
33444
4 Mfd 10% 2000 V
C516
Same as C514
C517
33445
0.5 Mid 10% 1500 V
C518
33446
1,0 Mid 10% 200 V
C519
Same as C503
C521
Same as C518
C522
33447
2 Mid. 10% 1000 V'
C523
Same as C503
C524
Same as C503
C526
Same as C503
C527
Same as C503
C601
33449
0.001 Mid 10% 400 V
C602
33450
20 Mid 450 V
C603
38957
0.001 Mid 5% 500 V
C604
30068
0.002 Mid 5% 500 V
C606
30032
0.003 Mid 5% 500 V
C607
30037
6200 Mmf 5% 500 V
C608
30050
9100 Mn-rf.5% 500 V
C609
Same as C603
C611
Same as C604
C612
Same as C606
C613
Same as C607
C614
Same as C608
C616
Same as C508
C617
33451
1,0 Mid 10% 400 V
C618
30023
0.022 Mid 10% 400 V
Revised:
20 September 56. SECCIET
ThipEcurmenY econdtainFt inforrmation Releaseaffectlneth? 012/191E2.
3of t:he United 5,h9 pepn meaning of the .0n a 201.2,1T01,10. 001-1
18, U.S.C. Section 793 and 794, the transmission Cr revelation of which in any manner to on unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
5-31
Approved For Release 2000gieterDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-6. Maintenance Parts List,
Ground-Based Test Set
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number
Description
C619
30038
50 Mfd 6 V
C621
30026
20 Mmf 5% 500 V
C622
30024
10 Mfd 25 V
C623
30062
O. 022 Mfd (min. )600 V
C624
30041
0.02 Mid (min. )600 V
C626
33452
820 Mmf 5% 500 V .
C627
Same as C601
C628
33453
560 Mmf 5% 500 V
C629
33454
150 Mmf 5% 500 V
C631
Same as C601
C632
33455
50 Mmf 5% 500 V
C633
Same as C621
C634
Same as C601
C636
30060
30 Mmf 5% 500 V
C637
Selected Value
C638
38961
0.05 MM 3000 V
CR501
54976
1N342 Silicon diode
CR502
Same as CR501
CR503
Same as CR501
CR504
Same as CR501
CR506
Same as CR501
CR507
Same as CR501
CR508
Same as CR501
CR509
Same as CR501
CR511
Same as CR501
CR512
Same as CR501
CR513
Same as CR501
CR514
55036
1N543A Silicondiode
CR601
55010
1N99 Germanium diode
CR602
Same as CR601
DS501
59114
Lamp Assembly
F501
57005
Fuse 3 amp 125 V
F502
Same as. F501
3501
62027
115-V power jack
J502
63024
UG-22C /U
Series N panel connector
J503
Same as J502
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
5-32
Appirovedcn ,FoirfoRqleqse HCi oploRpol -1
la, 1.1,5.C,, ;action 193 and '794, the Iranlmliolon ora
riovnaalatIoingallewhIch 7/1 any. mann: le an una.uillorInzectl pollen IsPprollelter bi; law.
Approved For Release 2000a/P75600300R000100100001-1
Table 5-6. Maintenance Parts List,
Ground-Based Test Set
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number
Description
3504
Same as J502
3601
62032
UG-290/U
Series BNC panel jack
J602
Same as J601
K501
68005
Thermal relay
K502
68010
60-cps relay
..
L501
40017
15 henries 120Ma
L502
Same as L501
L503
40006
68 microhenries
L504
Same as L503
L506
Same as L503
L507
Same as L503
L601
40023
1.0 millihenries
L602
Same as L601
L603
40026
750-1400 tnicrohenries
M501
66501
ZOO UA meter
M503
66504
2.4-4.0 Krnc meter
M504
66508
8,20-12.40 Kmc meter
R501
20375
RC42GF4743
470K 5% 2 Watt
R502
Same as R501
R503
Same as R501
R504
Same as R501
R506
Same as R501
R507
Same as R501
R508
Same as R501
R509
Same as R501
R511
20090
RC4ZGF201J
200 Ohms 5% 2 Watt
R512
20050
2500 Ohms 5%25 Watt
R513
20056
7500 Ohms 5%5 Watt
R514
20320
RCZOGF154J
150K5/01/2 Watt
R516
Same as R514
R517
Same as R501
R518
Same as R501
R519
20291
RC32GF101J
100 Ohms 5%1 Watt
R521
?
20015
RC42GF511j
510 Ohms 5%2 Watt
R522
Same as R5Z1
R523
20296
RCZOGF104J
100K 5%1/2 Watt
Revised:
20 September 56. SECCIET
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
T Is document contains Information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the .Espionage laws, Title
IS U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In arty manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by low.
5-33
Approved For Release 2000/tit fitrP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-6. Maintenance Parts List,
Ground-Based Test Set
(Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number
Description
R524
20005
2500 Ohms 5 Watt
R526
20007
1K 2 Watt variable
R527
10940
RC42GF330J
33 Ohms 5%2 Watt
R528
20416
RC420F202J
2KOhms 5%2 Watt
R529
Same as R528
R531
20240
RC32GF1333
13K 5% 1 Watt
R532
20321
RC32GF5123
5100 Ohms 5% 1 Watt
R533
Same as R521
R534
Same as R521
R536
20049
10K 5% 5 Watt
R537
20482
RC42GF5143
510K 5% 2 Watt
R538
20016
RC42GF205J
2 Megohms 5%2 Watt
R539
20174
RC2OGF511J
510 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R541
20017
RC42GF125J
1.2 Megohms 5% 2 Watt
R542
20057
/00K 2 Watt variable
R543
20478
RC42GF104J
100K 5% 2 Watt
R544
20020
RC42GF682J
6800 Ohms 5% 2 Watt
R546
20018
35K 50 Watt
R547
20022
4K 5 Watt
R548
Same as R543
R549
20263
RC2OGF1333
13K5%1/2 Watt
R551
20033
6K 10 Watt
R552
Same as R523
R553
Same as R523
R554
Same as R523
R556
Same as R523
R557
Same as R542
R558
Same as R542
R559
20326
RC2OGF102.7
1K 5% 1/2 Watt
R560
Same as R523
R561
Same as R542
R562
Same as R542
R563
Same aa R523
R564
Same as R523
R572
20065
200 Ohms 1% 1/2 Watt
R573
Same as R572
R574
Same as R572
R576
20062
800 Ohms 1% 1/2 Watt
R577
Same as R576
R578
Same as R576
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
5-34
AppromfectiEDGERIPPAga ZPCIPIP?/2 0; C1A,-FarTP199?9c ?P 9 l 9?192201-1
.. ,.lw,., ,.,oI she, iponog,0.
8, 1.I.S.C., Section 793 and 704, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorised person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000?teriffDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-6. Maintenance Parts List
Ground-Based Test Set
1Continued)
Symbol
Maintenance
Part Number
JAN Number
Description
R579
20034
150 Ohms 1% 1/2 Watt'
R581
20042
3K 1% 1/2 Watt
R601
20055
50K 1% 1/2 Watt
R602
20334
RC2OGF561J
560 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R603
Same as R601
R604
20254
RC2OGF682J
6800 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R606
20218
RCZOGF432J
4300 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R607
20175
RC2OGF514J
510K 5% 1/2 Watt
R608
20123
RC2OGF242J
2400 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R609
20181
RC2OGF181J
180 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R611
20168
RCZOGF244J
240K 5% 1/2 Watt
R612
20130
RC2OGF106J
10 Megohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R613
20394
RC3ZGF104J
100K 5% 1 Watt
R614
20112
RC2OGF391J
390 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
R616
20269
RC32GF753J
75K 5% 1 Watt
R617
Same as R611
R618
20325
RCZOGF273J
27K 5% 1/2 Watt
R619
20238
RCZOGF204J
ZOOK 5% 1/2 Watt
R621
Same as R523
R622
20172
RC2OGF304J
300K 5% 1/2 Watt
R623
20119
RC200F152J
1500 Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
R624
Same as R613
R626
20138
RC2OGF302J
?3K 5% 1/2 Watt
R627
20367
RC2OGF203J
20K 5% 1/2 Watt
R628
20116
RC200F512J
5100 Ohms 5%1/2 Watt
R629
.
Same as R623
R631
Same as R606
R632
20052
25K 2 Watt variable
R633
20027
RC42GF203J
20K 5% 2 Watt
R634
Same as R523
R636
20293
RC32GF622J
6200 Ohms 5% 1 Watt
R637
Same as R611
R638
20114
RC2OGF680J
68 Ohms 5% 1/2 Watt
RT501
22066
28D1
Disc thermistor
RT502
20391
N215A
Coaxial thermistor
RT503
20398
27D1
Disc thermistor
RT601
59110
6-Watt 125-V Lamp
S501
60009
DPST Switch
S502ABC
60018
3PDT Switch
Revised:
20 September 56.
SECRET
5-35
2 ? I - DP75600300R000 100100001-1
API-09.M.E9,E,BRK#,Na,9 2 q91.9.1.1?Nnoe3orthe United States within the meaning of the Sol ape , Till
11), U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person Is prohibited by low!
Approved For Release 2000/MdfDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 5-6. Maintenance Parts List,
Ground-Based Test Set
(Continued)
Maintenance
Symbol
Part Number
JAN Number Description
S503A.B
Same as S502
S601ABCD
60017
Switch assembly
T501
58015
Power transformer
T502
58013
Power transformer
V501
47323
0A2 Electron tube
V502
Same as V501
V503
47324
OBZ Electron tube
V504
Same as V503
V506
47330
836 Electron tube
V507
Same as V506
V508?
47341
829-B Electron tube
V509
47338
6SJ7 Electron tube
V511
Same as V501
V512
47334
5R4GY 'Electron tube
V513
Same as V501
V514
Same as V501
V516
Same as V501
V517
Same as V501
V518
45004
2K39 Electron tube
V519
45005
2K41 Electron tube
V601
45022
5654 Electron tube
V602
Same as V601
V603
45015
6U8 Electron tube
V604
45032
Zan Electron tube
V605
45024
5670 Electron tube
68320
Oscilloscope
Revised:
20 September 56. SECRET 5-36
Apprgypsu,p,roapoleang Z0.99,4PPIP.,
:,,,91e,tutF,),,Tpt,9,91,01:g of the90.010onage 1.01,00001-1
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which In any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low,
Approved For Release 2000/SECREIF75B00300R000100100001-1
AIRBORNE RADAR-MONITORING SYSTEM
SECTION VI
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA SECTION
6-1. GENERAL.
6-2. This section of the instrqction guide contains data pertaining
to: (1) the information recorder printed-circuit-board test jig,
and (2) the heater-equipped metal top cover of the information
recorder.
6-3. INFORMATION RECORDER TEST JIG.
6-4. PURPOSE OF THE TEST JIG. The test jig provides a
convenient means for checking the power requirements and the
signal-generating and amplifying characteristics of the information-
recorder printed-circuit board.
6-5. EQUIPMENT USED WITH THE TEST JIG. When checking
the power requirements of the printed-circuit board, a 28-volt
d-c source and a vibrator d-c supply are used with the test jig.
When checking the signal generating and amplifying characteristics
of the printed-circuit board, the 28-volt d-c source, the vibrator
d-c supply, and an oscilloscope are used with the test jig.
6-6. The 28-volt d-c source is a standard facility required for
test and maintenance of the Airborne Radar-Monitoring System.
The vibrator d-c supply (MP10406) is a unit of the Airborne Radar-
Monitoring System. The oscilloscope (MP10218) and its associated
plug-in preamplifier (MP10148) are items of Unit Essential
Equipment,
6-7. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST JIG. Figure 6-1
shows the test jig with a printed-circuit board plugged into the
Revised:
1 November 56. g3C
Approved For Release 2000/A . ginrDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized parson Is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECRE/DP75B00300R000100100001-1
front panel. The test jig applies d-c voltages to the printed-
circuit board, and applies to the oscilloscope those signals which
are generated and amplified by circuits of the board. The test
jig does not contain power or signal-generating sources, but
simply serves as a switching, calibrating, and metering device.
6-8. When checking power requirements, the power supplied
to circuits of the board by the 28-volt d-c source is indicated by
a voltmeter and an ammeter on the front panel of the test jig.
Similarly, power supplied by the 220-volt output of the vibrator
d-c supply is indicated by a voltmeter and an ammeter on the
front panel.
6- 9. When checking signal-generating characteristics, signals
generated by circuits of the board are displayed on the oscilloscope.
When checking amplifying characteristics, one of the signal-
generating circuits applies a calibrated signal to the amplifier
being checked, and the amplified signal is displayed on the
oscilloscope.
6-10. A circuit-selector control simultaneously applies voltage
to circuits of the board and connects circuit test points to the
oscilloscope. Other controls are provided to adjust the output
of the 28-volt d-c source, and to calibrate the signal applied to
the amplifiers.
6-11. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST JIG. Figure 6-2
shows the schematic diagram of the test jig. The 28-volt d-c
source is applied to the test jig through P903. When circuit-
selector switch S901 is in the OFF position, the test jig, vibrator
d-c supply, and printed-circuit board are not connected to the
28-volt supply. When S901 is moved from the OFF position to any
of the labeled positions, K901 becomes energized. With K901
energized, the 28-volt source is applied to the vibrator d-c supply,
Revised:
1 November 56,
Approved For Release 2000/A1PUTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/5ECREIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
to circuits of the printed-circuit board, and to PILOT DS90 1. Thus,
in all of the labeled positions except the OFF position, DS901 glows
when K901 is energized. In the unlabeled switch position (between
OFF and AMP 3), DS90 1 is connected to the 28-volt supply through
the back contacts of K901..
6-12. When. S901 is in a test position, the 28-volt d-c source is
applied to the vibrator d-c supply through P903, F902, the contacts
of K901, VOLTS ADJ R904, and P901. The d-c voltage which
appears on the moving contact of VOLTS ADJ R904 is applied to
the printed-circuit board under test through printed-circuit-
connector 3908. The fuse (F90 2),in series with the 28-volt supply
contains an indicator which glows when the fuse is open. The
amplitude of the 28-volt d-c source is controlled by VOLTS ADJ
R904, and is metered by +A VOLTS meter M904. The 28-volts
d-c source current is metered by +A CURRENT meter M903.
The terminals of M904 are connected to the front-panel terminals
labeled GND. (E902) and +A (E903).
6-13. When the S901 is in a test position, the 220-volt output of
the vibrator d-c supply is applied to the printed-circuit board
under test through P901, F901, M901 and 3908. The fuse (F901)
in series with the 220-volt output has an indicator which glows
when the fuse is open. The amplitude of the 220-volt output is
metered by +B VOLTS meter M902. The 220-volt output current
is metered by +B CURRENT meter M901. The terminals of
M902 are connected to the front-panel terminals labeled GND.
(E90 2) and +B (E901), Supplementary loads for the 110-volt and
220-volt outputs are provided by R901, R902, and R903.
6-14. When an information-recorder printed-circuit board is
connected to the test jig through 3901 and 3902, 3903 and J904,
3906 and J907, and 3908, the various test-point voltages of the
board may be sampled, i. g. , connected across output terminals
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/AlcRiPTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
6-3
Approved For Release 2000SECRETOP75B00300R000100100001-1
E904 and E906. The oscilloscope connected to the test-jig output
terminals is then used to observe the characteristics of the
voltages sampled.
6-15. When S901 is in the OSC. 4 1 position, the 1. 0-kc reference
oscillator output is sampled. Similarly, with S901 in the OSC. A 2,
OSC, 43, OSC. 4,_ and OSC.3,A 5 position, the 1. 3-kc, 1. 7-kc, 2. 3-kc,
and 3. 0-kc oscillator outputs are sampled. While any one of the above
five oscillator outputs is sampled, the remaining four outputs are
disabled.
6-16, When S901 is in the ERASE NORMAL position, the output
of the 20. 5-kc bias-and-erase oscillator is sampled at the erase
test point (ER), and the 1. 0-kc through 3. 0-kc oscillator outputs
are disabled. When S901 is in the ERASE BIAS position, the
20. 5--kc voltage across erase-head metering-resistor R796 (TP3)
is sampled, and the 1. 0-kc through 3. 0-kc oscillator outputs are
disabled. The parallel combination of R942 and L904 simulates the
erase-head load.
6-17. In the R.H. - 1 NORM, position, S901 samples the 20.5-kc
voltage across L903 (whicli simulates the track 1 record-head
impedance) and R798, with the 1. 0-kc through 3. 0-kc oscillators
disabled. In the R. H, - A 2 BIAS position, the 20. 5-kc and 1. 0-kc
voltage at TP6 is sampled, ?with the 1. 3-kc through 3. 0-kc
oscillators disabled. In the R.H. #2 NORM position, S901
samples the 20. 5-kc voltage across L902 (which simulates the
track 2 record-head impedance) and R803, with the 1. 0-kc through
the 3. 0-kc oscillator outputs disabled. In the R. H. A 2 BIAS
position, the 20. 5-kc voltage of TPI is sampled, with the 1. 3-kc
through 3. 0-kc oscillators disabled. In the R, H. # 3 NORM
position, S901 samples the 20,5-kc voltage across L901 (which
simulates the track 3 record-head impedance) and R805. With
S901 in the R. H. - #3 BIAS position the 20.5-kc voltage at TP4
is sampled with the 1. 0-kc through 3. 0-kc oscillators disabled.
Revised:
ApprCAliele0Agreigb 2000/?g3C. MP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
IB, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
6-4
Approved For Release 2000/SECRIETP75B00300R000100100001-1
6-18. In the SIG. #1 position, S901 samples the 2,0.5-kc bias-
and-erase oscillator output across resistor R911. Similarly, in
the SIG. #2 position, S901 samples the voltage across R909. ,In
each case the 1.0-kc through 3.0-kc oscillator outputs are disabled.
6-1:9. In the AMP #1 position, S901 connects the 28-volt d-c source
to the series-connected filaments of tubes designated V709 through
V714, and connects the vibrator dc supply 220-volt output to the
plates of tubes designated V709 through V714. While in this
position, S901 disables the outputs of the 1.3-kc through 3.0-kc
oscillators, and applies the output of the 1.0-kc oscillator to the
input of the track 1 playback amplifier through tile ATTEN. and
CALIB. controls. Also while in the AMP #1 position, S901
connects the output of the track 1 playback amplifier to the test-
jig output terminals. By adjusting the calibration and attenuation
controls, the technician operating the test jig may measure the gain
of the track 1 playback amplifier. Similarly, with S901 in the
AMP # 2 and AMP 3 positions, the outputs of the track 2 and track 3
playback amplifiers are sampled, respectively. Resistors R906,
R907, and R908 simulate the resistances of the playback heads.
With S902 in the CALIB. OUT 2V position, the 1.0-kc-oscillator
signal appears on the oscilloscope, and R914 may be adjusted to
provide a known signal level to the attenuator.
6-20. In the unlabeled position between AMP 3 and OFF, the
pilot light glows but no power is applied to the printed-circuit,
board or to the vibrator d-c supply.
6-21. PREPARING THE TEST. JIG FOR OPERATION. Proceed as
follows:
a. Place the circuit-selector control in the OFF position and
rotate the VOLTS ADJ, control to the extreme clockwise (minimum
resistance) position.
Revised:
1 November 56,
Approved For Release 2000/?g3 . RaP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
6-5
Approved For Release 2000/0SECREPTIP75B00300R000100100001-1
b. Connect the vibrator d-c supply to the test jig by connecting
J401 to P901, and J402 to P902.
Connect the 28-volt d-c source to the test jig through P903.
d. Connect an information-recorder printed-circuit board to
the test jig by connecting J703 to J908, P702 to J901, P704 to J902,
P706 to J903, P708 to J904, P710 to J90, and P712 to J907. Mating
connectors are color-coded.
e. Connect the oscilloscope to OUTPUT terminals E904 and
E906.
6-22. OPERATING THE TEST JIG. Use the procedure of table 6-1
when checking the information-recorder printed-circuit board.
Application of insufficient voltage to the
vibrator supply may result in blowing F902
or the fuse in the center-tap lead of the
primary of T401. Possibly both fuses may
be blown. To prevent such an occurrence,
the VOLTS A.DJ. control should always be
in the extreme clockwise position when the
28-volt d-c source is being applied to the
test jig.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000WIRIMP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
6- 6
Approved For Release 20001CRI1rP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 6-1
Information-Recorder Test Jig Operation
Set the test jig controls as follows:
OUTPUT - CALIB. OUT 2V switch: OUTPUT position.
Circuit-Selector Switch: OSC. A? 1 position.
VOLTS ADJ.:? Adjust for 27.5 volts on +A VOLTS meter.
POWER REQUIREMENT CHECK: Observe the currents and voltages
listed below for the corresponding positions of,the selector switch.
Circuit
Checked
Selector
Switch
Current
Voltage
+A
+B
+A
+B
Fil. of V701, V702,
V703, V704, V705,
V706, bias and
erase osc., 1.0-
kc osc.
All pos. except
AMP #1,
AMP # 2,,
AMP # 3,, OFF,
and unlabeled pos.
O. 65
?0.05
amps
27.5
volts
Plates of V701, V702,
V703, V704, V705,
and V706
Same as above
14.5
+ 2.5 .
ma
225
+25
volts
SIGNAL-GENERATING CHECK: Short L703 on the printed-circuit
board. Observe the outputs listed below for the corresponding
positions of the selector switch.
-
Circuit
Checked
Selector
Switch
Sampled
At
Voltage
Peak-to-Peak
1.0-Icc osc.
OSC. #1 .
J703A
+ 1.2
3 volts _ 0.9
1,3-kc osc.
OSC. #2 s
J703B
3 volts + 1.2
- 0.9
i.7-kc osc.
OSC. #3
J703C
3 volts + 1.2 0.9
2.,3-kc osc.
OSC. # 4
J703D
+ 1.
3 volts 2 _ 0.9
3. 0-kc osc.
OSC. # 5
J703E
3 volts + 1. 2
- 0.9
1. 0-kc record
current
R . H. - #1 BIA.S
J703-4(TP6)
15 my + 3
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/WRKIP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
6-7
Approved For Release 2000/5ECREIFP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 6-1
Information-Recorder Test Jig Operation
(Continued)
Remove short from L703 and continue:
Circuit
Checked
Selector
Switch
Sampled
At
Voltage
Peak-to-Peak
20,5-kc erase
voltage
ERASE NORM
J703-5 (ER)
110 volts + 10
20.5-kc erase
current
ERASE BIAS
J703-6 (TP3)
220 my (mm,)
20. 5-kc bias
voltage, track 1
R.H.- # 1 NORM
J703-3
1 2. 5 volts + 2,5
1-kc and 20,5-kc
record and bias
current, track 1
R. H. - #1 BIAS
J70 3-4(TP6)
300 my + 30
(20. 5-1Zc) with
15 my + 3 (1.0-
kc)
?
20. 5-kc bias
voltage, track 2
R. H. - if 2 NORM
J703- 2
1 2. 5 volts + 2. 5
20. 5-kc bias
current, track 2
R.H. - # 2 BIAS
J703-1 (TPI)
300 my ? 30
20. 5-kc bias
voltage, track 3
R. H. - # 3 NORM
J70 3Z
1 2. 5 volts + 2,5
20. 5-kc bias
current, track 3
R. H. - # 3 BIAS
J70 3Y (TP4)
300 my + 30
_
R802
SIG. # 1
J703V
Adjust R802 for a
20. 5-kc peak-
to-peak voltage
level of 4 volts
R804
SIG. # 2
J70 3W
Adjust R804 for a
20. 5-kc peak-
to-peak voltage
level of 4 volts
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/0?/EWP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
6-8
Approved For Release 2000/SECREPFDP75B00300R000100100001-1
Table 6-1
Information-Recorder Test Jig Operation
(Continued)
Ground the playback amplifier shields and set the test jig controls as
follows:
OUTPUT - CALIB. OUT 2V Switch: CALIB. OUT 2V position.
Selector Switch: AMP i 1 position.
VOLTS ADJ.: Adjust for 27.5 volts on the +A VOLTS meter.
.A.TTEN. : 0.001 VOLTS position.
CALIB.: Adjust for 2 volts peak-to-peak as observed on the
oscilloscope.
POWER REQUIREMENTS CHECK: Observe the currents and voltages
listed below for the corresponding positions of the selector switch.
?
? Circuit
Checked
Selector
Switch
Current
Voltage
+A
+B
+A
+B
Fil. of V701, V702, V703,
V704, V705, V706, bias
and erase osc., 1.0-kc
osc., fil. of V709, V710,
V711, V712, V713, and
V714
AMP # 1,
AMP i 2,
and AMP
i 3 pos.
1.15
+0.5
amps
27. 5 ,
volts
Plates of V701, V702,
V703, V704, V705, V706,
V709, V710, V711, V712,
V713, and V714
Same as
above
21.5
?2.5
ma
210
+25
volts
SIGNAL-AMPLIFYING CHECK: Return the OUTPUT - CALIB. OUT 2V
switch to the OUTPUT position and proceed as before.
Circuit
Checked
Selector
Switch
Sampled
At
Voltage
Peak-to-Peak
Track 1 playback
amplifier
AMP i 1
J703N
1. 0 volts + 0. 4*
Track 2 playback
amplifier
AMP i 2
J703P
1.0 volts + 0.4.
Track 3 playback
amplifier
AMP i 3
J703R
1.0 volts + 0.4
*Slight 20. 5-kc pick up present.
Revised:
Appilj4s4e010.1ilelielease 2000/15/PRFTDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
6-9
Approved For Release 2000/SECMP75B00300R000100100001-1
6-23. MAINTENANCE OF THE TEST JIG. Maintenance of the test
jig should include periodic cleaning and lubrication of rotary-switch
contacts and the lubrication of rotary-switch detent mechanisms.
The test jig also includes coils, resistors, and wiring which may
become defective. The faulty component or wire may be isolated
by resistance and continuity checks with an ohmmeter.
In making resistance and continuity checks, the
voltage source of an ohmmeter may damage one
of the test-jig ammeters. Jumpers should be
connected across the terminals of each ammeter
while resistance and continuity checks are being
made.
Revised:
1 November 56,
Approved For Release 2000/WMP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05SEGRET75B00300R000100100001-1
Figure 6-1. Test Jig for Information Recorder
Printed-Circuit Board
Revised:
? 1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/05ftettly75B00300R000100100001-1
6-11
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 ..GIA-RDP75B00300R000100100001-1
SECRET
P901
(TO J401)
GN D.
OGi
+ 220V DC POWER SUPPLY OUT
0
AO
BO
DO
E
P902 R902 6903
3K 3K
( TO J402)
+ 28V DC POWER SUPPLY IN
F901
I/8AMP
\
M901
+B CURRENT
-e
M902
+ B VOLTS
E901
E902 E903
GND, +A
0
M903
+ A CURRENT
M904
+A VOLTS
R901
3K
P903
R906
10K
6905
10K
VOLTS
tv- ADJ.
R904
3
S90IA
OFF
OSC. I
OSC.# 2
OSC. 3
OSC. 4
OSC. 5
ERASE NORM
ERASE BIAS
R.H.#I NORM
R. H #I BIAS
R.H#2 NORM
R. H. 2 BIAS
R. H.#3 NORM
R. H.#3 BIAS
SIG.*2
AMP#I
AMP#2
AMP#3
0
0
0
0
0
0
R913
S90IB 0
o??
S90IC
04-
0 ? 0
0
0
S90ID
04-
0
S9004111
0
?
R909
2K
S 901 F S90IG
04-
O 0
O 0
o 0
o 0
0
R 911
2K
R914
5K
S901 H S90110
04-
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
0
0
0
O 0
S901 J
04-
BROWN
J901
? (TO P702)
RED
J902
= (TO P704)
R9I5
100
R9I0
100
R907
10K
R920
10K
6923
ORANGE
J903
? (TO P706)
2
10K
6922
100
GREEN
J906
? (TO P710)
R908
10K 3
YELLOW BLUE
J904 J 907
= (TO P708) (TO P7I2)
=MN
MNIMM
S901 K ? S9OIL
04-
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
O 0-0
o 0
O 0
O 0
L901
35
L902
35
L903
35
R942
22K
fb'VV\A
L904
35
?(-6025-No ?r-O-Cin? orb-M. ?a000\?
CID
V
X
J 908
(TO J703)
NOTE I
S902
0,,,cJTPUT
CALIB,
?CALI B. OUT
2V
6916
8.2M
6917
5.1 M
R918
2.7M
R9I9
510K
6921
100K
SCHEMATIC NOTES
E904
0
OUTPUT
0
E906
I. S902 IS NOT INCLUDED ON FIRST UNIT. ON FIRST UNIT, SEPARATE
TERMINALS ARE PROVIDED FOR OUTPUT AND CALIBRATION
VOLTAGES.
2. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE:
a. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS "K" MEANS
KILOHMS. "M" MEANS MEGOHMS.
b. ALL INDUCTANCE VALUES ARE IN MILLIHENRIES.
3 t ARROW DIRECTION INDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION
OF CONTROL SHAFT.
Revised:
1 November 56.
SECRET
Figure 6-2. Test Jig, Schematic
6-12
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
Approved For Release 2000/SECRETP75B00300R000100100001-1
6-24. HEATER-EQUIPPED METAL TOP COVER.
6-25. PURPOSE OF THE HEATER-EQUIPPED METAL TOP
COVER. Operation of the airborne information-recorder
mechanisms may be impaired by low-temperature environmental
conditions. A heater-equipped metal top cover may be used to
maintain a sufficiently high temperature within the recorder case.
6-26. DESCRIPTION OF THE HEATER-EQUIPPED METAL TOP
COVER. Figure 6-3 shows an information recorder with a heater-
equipped metal top cover, and a heater-equipped metal top cover
assembly. The metal top cover assembly includes two heaters,
a thermostatic switch, a connector, desiccant case assembly, and
wiring.
6-27. The heater-equipped metal top cover is used with a modified
interunit cable designated W1205-2. The unmodified interunit
cable is designated WI 205-J and is identical to the interunit cable
previously designated W1205. Figure 6-3 shows modified cable
W1205-2, which includes connector P710 and wiring for supplying
28 volts d-c to the heaters. Figure 6-5 shows the wiring to
connector P710.
6-28. Heaters HR701 and H11702 are connected in series to
provide a total of 50 watts heat dissi pation. The heater-circuit
schematic diagram of figure 6-5 shows the heater connections.
Thermostatic switch S701 opens when the temperature within the
recorder case exceeds 650 F. f 80 (180 C. 50) and closes when
the temperature falls below 50? F. 4- 50 (10? C. ? 3?).
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000AIRFIDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/SECRET'P75B00300R000100100001-1
6-29. Connector J710 is mounted on one side of the metal top
cover and mates with connector P710 of the modified interunit
cable W1 205- 2.
6-30. The desiccant case assembly included with the metal top
cover is identical to that inc,luded with a fiberglass cover
assembly (MP10069).
6-31. INSTALLING THE HEATER-EQUIPPED INFORMATION
RECORDER. Figure 6-4 shows an outline drawing of the heater-
equipped information recorder. The procedures of Section IV
which apply to the installation of the information recorder also
apply to the heater-equipped information recorders, except that
interunit cable W1205-2 is used in place of the interunit cable
W1205-1 or W1205.
6-32. MAINTENANCE PARTS CALLOUTS FOR A HEA TER-
EQUIPPED METAL TOP COVER. The replaceable parts of
a heater-equipped metal top cover are called out in figure 6-3.
MP10737 (information recorder less top cover) and MP10895
(heater-equipped metal top cover) describe an information
amplifier with a heater-equipped metal top cover.
Revised:
1 November 56.
Approved For Release 2000/WRITDP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 2000/05/2SECREL00300R000100100001-1
METAL TOP COVER ASSEMBLY
MP 10895
MP 10534
MPI0288
M P 10436
METAL COVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY, MPI0829
Figure 6-3. Information Recorder and Heater-
Equipped Metal Top Cover, Parts Callouts
Revised:
ARRNIMeid ROE Release 2000/05/23sidir r00300R000100100001-1 6_15
Approved For Release 2000/0SECRETP75B00300R000100100001-1
INFORMATION RECORDER AND
HEATER-EQUIPPED METAL TOP COVER, PARTS CALLOUTS
NOT SHOWN IN FIGURE 6-3
Maintenance
Part Number . Nomenclature
10232 Breather Plug Assembly
10925 Spacer
10006 Plug Bracket
10009 Plug Spacer
10937 Spacer
Revised:
1 November 56,,
Approved For Release 2000/1?KRNIP75B00300R000100100001-1
This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Laws, Title
18, U.S.C., Section 793 and 794, the transmission or revelation of which in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited by low.
Approved For Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1
SECRET
4
0.750
L375--*
3.500
15.250
2.81
2.38
4-0.75-01
12.312 (OVER-ALL)
NOTE: ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS ARE IDENTICAL TO FIGURE 4-6
Figure 6-4. Information Recorder with Heater-
Equipped Metal Top Cover, Installation DirnensioD3
FAppfamed For Release 2000/0M P751300300R000100100001-1
1 November 56.
6-17
Approved For Release 2000/SEVMDP751300300R000100100001-1
PI202
JUNCTION
BOX
PI203
PI204
P',10
P12030
A
C
J7I0
J701
IINFORMATION
RECORDER
WI205 -2
CABLE W1205-2 FOR INFORMATION
RECORDERS EQUIPPED WITH HEATERS
J710
HR 701
100 WATTS, 28VDC
J702
HR 702
100 WATTS, 28V DC
5701
28 V DC ,5 AMPS
HEATER CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Figure 6-5. W1205-2 and Heater Circuit,
Wiring and Schematic Diagrams
ApiafOrifteFor Release 2000/05/23 : CIA-RDP75600300R000100100001-1 6-18
1 November 56. SECRET